Adding upstream version 2:8.1.0875.upstream/2%8.1.0875upstream

Signed-off-by: Daniel Baumann <daniel.baumann@progress-linux.org>

1 files changed, 8930 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/src/gui_w32.c b/src/gui_w32.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ead617a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/gui_w32.c
@@ -0,0 +1,8930 @@
+/* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 noet:
+ *
+ * VIM - Vi IMproved		by Bram Moolenaar
+ *				GUI support by Robert Webb
+ *
+ * Do ":help uganda"  in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
+ * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
+ * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
+ */
+/*
+ * Windows GUI.
+ *
+ * GUI support for Microsoft Windows, aka Win32.  Also for Win64.
+ *
+ * George V. Reilly <george@reilly.org> wrote the original Win32 GUI.
+ * Robert Webb reworked it to use the existing GUI stuff and added menu,
+ * scrollbars, etc.
+ *
+ * Note: Clipboard stuff, for cutting and pasting text to other windows, is in
+ * winclip.c.	(It can also be done from the terminal version).
+ *
+ * TODO: Some of the function signatures ought to be updated for Win64;
+ * e.g., replace LONG with LONG_PTR, etc.
+ */
+
+#include "vim.h"
+
+#if defined(FEAT_DIRECTX)
+# include "gui_dwrite.h"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(FEAT_DIRECTX)
+static DWriteContext *s_dwc = NULL;
+static int s_directx_enabled = 0;
+static int s_directx_load_attempted = 0;
+# define IS_ENABLE_DIRECTX() (s_directx_enabled && s_dwc != NULL && enc_utf8)
+static int directx_enabled(void);
+static void directx_binddc(void);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef FEAT_MENU
+static int gui_mswin_get_menu_height(int fix_window);
+#endif
+
+#if defined(FEAT_RENDER_OPTIONS) || defined(PROTO)
+    int
+gui_mch_set_rendering_options(char_u *s)
+{
+# ifdef FEAT_DIRECTX
+    char_u  *p, *q;
+
+    int	    dx_enable = 0;
+    int	    dx_flags = 0;
+    float   dx_gamma = 0.0f;
+    float   dx_contrast = 0.0f;
+    float   dx_level = 0.0f;
+    int	    dx_geom = 0;
+    int	    dx_renmode = 0;
+    int	    dx_taamode = 0;
+
+    /* parse string as rendering options. */
+    for (p = s; p != NULL && *p != NUL; )
+    {
+	char_u  item[256];
+	char_u  name[128];
+	char_u  value[128];
+
+	copy_option_part(&p, item, sizeof(item), ",");
+	if (p == NULL)
+	    break;
+	q = &item[0];
+	copy_option_part(&q, name, sizeof(name), ":");
+	if (q == NULL)
+	    return FAIL;
+	copy_option_part(&q, value, sizeof(value), ":");
+
+	if (STRCMP(name, "type") == 0)
+	{
+	    if (STRCMP(value, "directx") == 0)
+		dx_enable = 1;
+	    else
+		return FAIL;
+	}
+	else if (STRCMP(name, "gamma") == 0)
+	{
+	    dx_flags |= 1 << 0;
+	    dx_gamma = (float)atof((char *)value);
+	}
+	else if (STRCMP(name, "contrast") == 0)
+	{
+	    dx_flags |= 1 << 1;
+	    dx_contrast = (float)atof((char *)value);
+	}
+	else if (STRCMP(name, "level") == 0)
+	{
+	    dx_flags |= 1 << 2;
+	    dx_level = (float)atof((char *)value);
+	}
+	else if (STRCMP(name, "geom") == 0)
+	{
+	    dx_flags |= 1 << 3;
+	    dx_geom = atoi((char *)value);
+	    if (dx_geom < 0 || dx_geom > 2)
+		return FAIL;
+	}
+	else if (STRCMP(name, "renmode") == 0)
+	{
+	    dx_flags |= 1 << 4;
+	    dx_renmode = atoi((char *)value);
+	    if (dx_renmode < 0 || dx_renmode > 6)
+		return FAIL;
+	}
+	else if (STRCMP(name, "taamode") == 0)
+	{
+	    dx_flags |= 1 << 5;
+	    dx_taamode = atoi((char *)value);
+	    if (dx_taamode < 0 || dx_taamode > 3)
+		return FAIL;
+	}
+	else if (STRCMP(name, "scrlines") == 0)
+	{
+	    /* Deprecated.  Simply ignore it. */
+	}
+	else
+	    return FAIL;
+    }
+
+    if (!gui.in_use)
+	return OK;  /* only checking the syntax of the value */
+
+    /* Enable DirectX/DirectWrite */
+    if (dx_enable)
+    {
+	if (!directx_enabled())
+	    return FAIL;
+	DWriteContext_SetRenderingParams(s_dwc, NULL);
+	if (dx_flags)
+	{
+	    DWriteRenderingParams param;
+	    DWriteContext_GetRenderingParams(s_dwc, &param);
+	    if (dx_flags & (1 << 0))
+		param.gamma = dx_gamma;
+	    if (dx_flags & (1 << 1))
+		param.enhancedContrast = dx_contrast;
+	    if (dx_flags & (1 << 2))
+		param.clearTypeLevel = dx_level;
+	    if (dx_flags & (1 << 3))
+		param.pixelGeometry = dx_geom;
+	    if (dx_flags & (1 << 4))
+		param.renderingMode = dx_renmode;
+	    if (dx_flags & (1 << 5))
+		param.textAntialiasMode = dx_taamode;
+	    DWriteContext_SetRenderingParams(s_dwc, &param);
+	}
+    }
+    s_directx_enabled = dx_enable;
+
+    return OK;
+# else
+    return FAIL;
+# endif
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * These are new in Windows ME/XP, only defined in recent compilers.
+ */
+#ifndef HANDLE_WM_XBUTTONUP
+# define HANDLE_WM_XBUTTONUP(hwnd, wParam, lParam, fn) \
+   ((fn)((hwnd), (int)(short)LOWORD(lParam), (int)(short)HIWORD(lParam), (UINT)(wParam)), 0L)
+#endif
+#ifndef HANDLE_WM_XBUTTONDOWN
+# define HANDLE_WM_XBUTTONDOWN(hwnd, wParam, lParam, fn) \
+   ((fn)((hwnd), FALSE, (int)(short)LOWORD(lParam), (int)(short)HIWORD(lParam), (UINT)(wParam)), 0L)
+#endif
+#ifndef HANDLE_WM_XBUTTONDBLCLK
+# define HANDLE_WM_XBUTTONDBLCLK(hwnd, wParam, lParam, fn) \
+   ((fn)((hwnd), TRUE, (int)(short)LOWORD(lParam), (int)(short)HIWORD(lParam), (UINT)(wParam)), 0L)
+#endif
+
+
+#include "version.h"	/* used by dialog box routine for default title */
+#ifdef DEBUG
+# include <tchar.h>
+#endif
+
+/* cproto fails on missing include files */
+#ifndef PROTO
+
+#ifndef __MINGW32__
+# include <shellapi.h>
+#endif
+#if defined(FEAT_TOOLBAR) || defined(FEAT_BEVAL_GUI) || defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE)
+# include <commctrl.h>
+#endif
+#include <windowsx.h>
+
+#ifdef GLOBAL_IME
+# include "glbl_ime.h"
+#endif
+
+#endif /* PROTO */
+
+#ifdef FEAT_MENU
+# define MENUHINTS		/* show menu hints in command line */
+#endif
+
+/* Some parameters for dialog boxes.  All in pixels. */
+#define DLG_PADDING_X		10
+#define DLG_PADDING_Y		10
+#define DLG_OLD_STYLE_PADDING_X	5
+#define DLG_OLD_STYLE_PADDING_Y	5
+#define DLG_VERT_PADDING_X	4	/* For vertical buttons */
+#define DLG_VERT_PADDING_Y	4
+#define DLG_ICON_WIDTH		34
+#define DLG_ICON_HEIGHT		34
+#define DLG_MIN_WIDTH		150
+#define DLG_FONT_NAME		"MS Sans Serif"
+#define DLG_FONT_POINT_SIZE	8
+#define DLG_MIN_MAX_WIDTH	400
+#define DLG_MIN_MAX_HEIGHT	400
+
+#define DLG_NONBUTTON_CONTROL	5000	/* First ID of non-button controls */
+
+#ifndef WM_XBUTTONDOWN /* For Win2K / winME ONLY */
+# define WM_XBUTTONDOWN		0x020B
+# define WM_XBUTTONUP		0x020C
+# define WM_XBUTTONDBLCLK	0x020D
+# define MK_XBUTTON1		0x0020
+# define MK_XBUTTON2		0x0040
+#endif
+
+#ifdef PROTO
+/*
+ * Define a few things for generating prototypes.  This is just to avoid
+ * syntax errors, the defines do not need to be correct.
+ */
+# define APIENTRY
+# define CALLBACK
+# define CONST
+# define FAR
+# define NEAR
+# undef _cdecl
+# define _cdecl
+typedef int BOOL;
+typedef int BYTE;
+typedef int DWORD;
+typedef int WCHAR;
+typedef int ENUMLOGFONT;
+typedef int FINDREPLACE;
+typedef int HANDLE;
+typedef int HBITMAP;
+typedef int HBRUSH;
+typedef int HDROP;
+typedef int INT;
+typedef int LOGFONT[];
+typedef int LPARAM;
+typedef int LPCREATESTRUCT;
+typedef int LPCSTR;
+typedef int LPCTSTR;
+typedef int LPRECT;
+typedef int LPSTR;
+typedef int LPWINDOWPOS;
+typedef int LPWORD;
+typedef int LRESULT;
+typedef int HRESULT;
+# undef MSG
+typedef int MSG;
+typedef int NEWTEXTMETRIC;
+typedef int OSVERSIONINFO;
+typedef int PWORD;
+typedef int RECT;
+typedef int UINT;
+typedef int WORD;
+typedef int WPARAM;
+typedef int POINT;
+typedef void *HINSTANCE;
+typedef void *HMENU;
+typedef void *HWND;
+typedef void *HDC;
+typedef void VOID;
+typedef int LPNMHDR;
+typedef int LONG;
+typedef int WNDPROC;
+typedef int UINT_PTR;
+typedef int COLORREF;
+typedef int HCURSOR;
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GET_X_LPARAM
+# define GET_X_LPARAM(lp) ((int)(short)LOWORD(lp))
+#endif
+
+static void _OnPaint( HWND hwnd);
+static void fill_rect(const RECT *rcp, HBRUSH hbr, COLORREF color);
+static void clear_rect(RECT *rcp);
+
+static WORD		s_dlgfntheight;		/* height of the dialog font */
+static WORD		s_dlgfntwidth;		/* width of the dialog font */
+
+#ifdef FEAT_MENU
+static HMENU		s_menuBar = NULL;
+#endif
+#ifdef FEAT_TEAROFF
+static void rebuild_tearoff(vimmenu_T *menu);
+static HBITMAP	s_htearbitmap;	    /* bitmap used to indicate tearoff */
+#endif
+
+/* Flag that is set while processing a message that must not be interrupted by
+ * processing another message. */
+static int		s_busy_processing = FALSE;
+
+static int		destroying = FALSE;	/* call DestroyWindow() ourselves */
+
+#ifdef MSWIN_FIND_REPLACE
+static UINT		s_findrep_msg = 0;	/* set in gui_w[16/32].c */
+static FINDREPLACE	s_findrep_struct;
+static FINDREPLACEW	s_findrep_struct_w;
+static HWND		s_findrep_hwnd = NULL;
+static int		s_findrep_is_find;	/* TRUE for find dialog, FALSE
+						   for find/replace dialog */
+#endif
+
+static HINSTANCE	s_hinst = NULL;
+#if !defined(FEAT_GUI)
+static
+#endif
+HWND			s_hwnd = NULL;
+static HDC		s_hdc = NULL;
+static HBRUSH	s_brush = NULL;
+
+#ifdef FEAT_TOOLBAR
+static HWND		s_toolbarhwnd = NULL;
+static WNDPROC		s_toolbar_wndproc = NULL;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE
+static HWND		s_tabhwnd = NULL;
+static WNDPROC		s_tabline_wndproc = NULL;
+static int		showing_tabline = 0;
+#endif
+
+static WPARAM		s_wParam = 0;
+static LPARAM		s_lParam = 0;
+
+static HWND		s_textArea = NULL;
+static UINT		s_uMsg = 0;
+
+static char_u		*s_textfield; /* Used by dialogs to pass back strings */
+
+static int		s_need_activate = FALSE;
+
+/* This variable is set when waiting for an event, which is the only moment
+ * scrollbar dragging can be done directly.  It's not allowed while commands
+ * are executed, because it may move the cursor and that may cause unexpected
+ * problems (e.g., while ":s" is working).
+ */
+static int allow_scrollbar = FALSE;
+
+#ifdef GLOBAL_IME
+# define MyTranslateMessage(x) global_ime_TranslateMessage(x)
+#else
+# define MyTranslateMessage(x) TranslateMessage(x)
+#endif
+
+#if defined(FEAT_DIRECTX)
+    static int
+directx_enabled(void)
+{
+    if (s_dwc != NULL)
+	return 1;
+    else if (s_directx_load_attempted)
+	return 0;
+    /* load DirectX */
+    DWrite_Init();
+    s_directx_load_attempted = 1;
+    s_dwc = DWriteContext_Open();
+    directx_binddc();
+    return s_dwc != NULL ? 1 : 0;
+}
+
+    static void
+directx_binddc(void)
+{
+    if (s_textArea != NULL)
+    {
+	RECT	rect;
+	GetClientRect(s_textArea, &rect);
+	DWriteContext_BindDC(s_dwc, s_hdc, &rect);
+    }
+}
+#endif
+
+/* use of WindowProc depends on wide_WindowProc */
+#define MyWindowProc vim_WindowProc
+
+extern int current_font_height;	    /* this is in os_mswin.c */
+
+static struct
+{
+    UINT    key_sym;
+    char_u  vim_code0;
+    char_u  vim_code1;
+} special_keys[] =
+{
+    {VK_UP,		'k', 'u'},
+    {VK_DOWN,		'k', 'd'},
+    {VK_LEFT,		'k', 'l'},
+    {VK_RIGHT,		'k', 'r'},
+
+    {VK_F1,		'k', '1'},
+    {VK_F2,		'k', '2'},
+    {VK_F3,		'k', '3'},
+    {VK_F4,		'k', '4'},
+    {VK_F5,		'k', '5'},
+    {VK_F6,		'k', '6'},
+    {VK_F7,		'k', '7'},
+    {VK_F8,		'k', '8'},
+    {VK_F9,		'k', '9'},
+    {VK_F10,		'k', ';'},
+
+    {VK_F11,		'F', '1'},
+    {VK_F12,		'F', '2'},
+    {VK_F13,		'F', '3'},
+    {VK_F14,		'F', '4'},
+    {VK_F15,		'F', '5'},
+    {VK_F16,		'F', '6'},
+    {VK_F17,		'F', '7'},
+    {VK_F18,		'F', '8'},
+    {VK_F19,		'F', '9'},
+    {VK_F20,		'F', 'A'},
+
+    {VK_F21,		'F', 'B'},
+#ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
+    {VK_PAUSE,		'F', 'B'},	/* Pause == F21 (see gui_gtk_x11.c) */
+#endif
+    {VK_F22,		'F', 'C'},
+    {VK_F23,		'F', 'D'},
+    {VK_F24,		'F', 'E'},	/* winuser.h defines up to F24 */
+
+    {VK_HELP,		'%', '1'},
+    {VK_BACK,		'k', 'b'},
+    {VK_INSERT,		'k', 'I'},
+    {VK_DELETE,		'k', 'D'},
+    {VK_HOME,		'k', 'h'},
+    {VK_END,		'@', '7'},
+    {VK_PRIOR,		'k', 'P'},
+    {VK_NEXT,		'k', 'N'},
+    {VK_PRINT,		'%', '9'},
+    {VK_ADD,		'K', '6'},
+    {VK_SUBTRACT,	'K', '7'},
+    {VK_DIVIDE,		'K', '8'},
+    {VK_MULTIPLY,	'K', '9'},
+    {VK_SEPARATOR,	'K', 'A'},	/* Keypad Enter */
+    {VK_DECIMAL,	'K', 'B'},
+
+    {VK_NUMPAD0,	'K', 'C'},
+    {VK_NUMPAD1,	'K', 'D'},
+    {VK_NUMPAD2,	'K', 'E'},
+    {VK_NUMPAD3,	'K', 'F'},
+    {VK_NUMPAD4,	'K', 'G'},
+    {VK_NUMPAD5,	'K', 'H'},
+    {VK_NUMPAD6,	'K', 'I'},
+    {VK_NUMPAD7,	'K', 'J'},
+    {VK_NUMPAD8,	'K', 'K'},
+    {VK_NUMPAD9,	'K', 'L'},
+
+    /* Keys that we want to be able to use any modifier with: */
+    {VK_SPACE,		' ', NUL},
+    {VK_TAB,		TAB, NUL},
+    {VK_ESCAPE,		ESC, NUL},
+    {NL,		NL, NUL},
+    {CAR,		CAR, NUL},
+
+    /* End of list marker: */
+    {0,			0, 0}
+};
+
+/* Local variables */
+static int	s_button_pending = -1;
+
+/* s_getting_focus is set when we got focus but didn't see mouse-up event yet,
+ * so don't reset s_button_pending. */
+static int	s_getting_focus = FALSE;
+
+static int	s_x_pending;
+static int	s_y_pending;
+static UINT	s_kFlags_pending;
+static UINT	s_wait_timer = 0;	  // Timer for get char from user
+static int	s_timed_out = FALSE;
+static int	dead_key = 0;		  // 0: no dead key, 1: dead key pressed
+static UINT	surrogate_pending_ch = 0; // 0: no surrogate pending,
+					  // else a high surrogate
+
+#ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_GUI
+/* balloon-eval WM_NOTIFY_HANDLER */
+static void Handle_WM_Notify(HWND hwnd, LPNMHDR pnmh);
+static void TrackUserActivity(UINT uMsg);
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * For control IME.
+ *
+ * These LOGFONT used for IME.
+ */
+#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE_IME) || defined(GLOBAL_IME)
+/* holds LOGFONT for 'guifontwide' if available, otherwise 'guifont' */
+static LOGFONT norm_logfont;
+#endif
+#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE_IME
+/* holds LOGFONT for 'guifont' always. */
+static LOGFONT sub_logfont;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE_IME
+static LRESULT _OnImeNotify(HWND hWnd, DWORD dwCommand, DWORD dwData);
+#endif
+
+#if defined(FEAT_BROWSE)
+static char_u *convert_filter(char_u *s);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_PRINT_ERROR
+/*
+ * Print out the last Windows error message
+ */
+    static void
+print_windows_error(void)
+{
+    LPVOID  lpMsgBuf;
+
+    FormatMessage(FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER | FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM,
+		  NULL, GetLastError(),
+		  MAKELANGID(LANG_NEUTRAL, SUBLANG_DEFAULT),
+		  (LPTSTR) &lpMsgBuf, 0, NULL);
+    TRACE1("Error: %s\n", lpMsgBuf);
+    LocalFree(lpMsgBuf);
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Cursor blink functions.
+ *
+ * This is a simple state machine:
+ * BLINK_NONE	not blinking at all
+ * BLINK_OFF	blinking, cursor is not shown
+ * BLINK_ON	blinking, cursor is shown
+ */
+
+#define BLINK_NONE  0
+#define BLINK_OFF   1
+#define BLINK_ON    2
+
+static int		blink_state = BLINK_NONE;
+static long_u		blink_waittime = 700;
+static long_u		blink_ontime = 400;
+static long_u		blink_offtime = 250;
+static UINT		blink_timer = 0;
+
+    int
+gui_mch_is_blinking(void)
+{
+    return blink_state != BLINK_NONE;
+}
+
+    int
+gui_mch_is_blink_off(void)
+{
+    return blink_state == BLINK_OFF;
+}
+
+    void
+gui_mch_set_blinking(long wait, long on, long off)
+{
+    blink_waittime = wait;
+    blink_ontime = on;
+    blink_offtime = off;
+}
+
+    static VOID CALLBACK
+_OnBlinkTimer(
+    HWND hwnd,
+    UINT uMsg UNUSED,
+    UINT idEvent,
+    DWORD dwTime UNUSED)
+{
+    MSG msg;
+
+    /*
+    TRACE2("Got timer event, id %d, blink_timer %d\n", idEvent, blink_timer);
+    */
+
+    KillTimer(NULL, idEvent);
+
+    /* Eat spurious WM_TIMER messages */
+    while (pPeekMessage(&msg, hwnd, WM_TIMER, WM_TIMER, PM_REMOVE))
+	;
+
+    if (blink_state == BLINK_ON)
+    {
+	gui_undraw_cursor();
+	blink_state = BLINK_OFF;
+	blink_timer = (UINT) SetTimer(NULL, 0, (UINT)blink_offtime,
+						    (TIMERPROC)_OnBlinkTimer);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+	gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
+	blink_state = BLINK_ON;
+	blink_timer = (UINT) SetTimer(NULL, 0, (UINT)blink_ontime,
+						    (TIMERPROC)_OnBlinkTimer);
+    }
+    gui_mch_flush();
+}
+
+    static void
+gui_mswin_rm_blink_timer(void)
+{
+    MSG msg;
+
+    if (blink_timer != 0)
+    {
+	KillTimer(NULL, blink_timer);
+	/* Eat spurious WM_TIMER messages */
+	while (pPeekMessage(&msg, s_hwnd, WM_TIMER, WM_TIMER, PM_REMOVE))
+	    ;
+	blink_timer = 0;
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Stop the cursor blinking.  Show the cursor if it wasn't shown.
+ */
+    void
+gui_mch_stop_blink(int may_call_gui_update_cursor)
+{
+    gui_mswin_rm_blink_timer();
+    if (blink_state == BLINK_OFF && may_call_gui_update_cursor)
+    {
+	gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
+	gui_mch_flush();
+    }
+    blink_state = BLINK_NONE;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Start the cursor blinking.  If it was already blinking, this restarts the
+ * waiting time and shows the cursor.
+ */
+    void
+gui_mch_start_blink(void)
+{
+    gui_mswin_rm_blink_timer();
+
+    /* Only switch blinking on if none of the times is zero */
+    if (blink_waittime && blink_ontime && blink_offtime && gui.in_focus)
+    {
+	blink_timer = (UINT)SetTimer(NULL, 0, (UINT)blink_waittime,
+						    (TIMERPROC)_OnBlinkTimer);
+	blink_state = BLINK_ON;
+	gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
+	gui_mch_flush();
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Call-back routines.
+ */
+
+    static VOID CALLBACK
+_OnTimer(
+    HWND hwnd,
+    UINT uMsg UNUSED,
+    UINT idEvent,
+    DWORD dwTime UNUSED)
+{
+    MSG msg;
+
+    /*
+    TRACE2("Got timer event, id %d, s_wait_timer %d\n", idEvent, s_wait_timer);
+    */
+    KillTimer(NULL, idEvent);
+    s_timed_out = TRUE;
+
+    /* Eat spurious WM_TIMER messages */
+    while (pPeekMessage(&msg, hwnd, WM_TIMER, WM_TIMER, PM_REMOVE))
+	;
+    if (idEvent == s_wait_timer)
+	s_wait_timer = 0;
+}
+
+    static void
+_OnDeadChar(
+    HWND hwnd UNUSED,
+    UINT ch UNUSED,
+    int cRepeat UNUSED)
+{
+    dead_key = 1;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Convert Unicode character "ch" to bytes in "string[slen]".
+ * When "had_alt" is TRUE the ALT key was included in "ch".
+ * Return the length.
+ * Because the Windows API uses UTF-16, we have to deal with surrogate
+ * pairs; this is where we choose to deal with them: if "ch" is a high
+ * surrogate, it will be stored, and the length returned will be zero; the next
+ * char_to_string call will then include the high surrogate, decoding the pair
+ * of UTF-16 code units to a single Unicode code point, presuming it is the
+ * matching low surrogate.
+ */
+    static int
+char_to_string(int ch, char_u *string, int slen, int had_alt)
+{
+    int		len;
+    int		i;
+    WCHAR	wstring[2];
+    char_u	*ws = NULL;
+
+    if (surrogate_pending_ch != 0)
+    {
+	/* We don't guarantee ch is a low surrogate to match the high surrogate
+	 * we already have; it should be, but if it isn't, tough luck. */
+	wstring[0] = surrogate_pending_ch;
+	wstring[1] = ch;
+	surrogate_pending_ch = 0;
+	len = 2;
+    }
+    else if (ch >= 0xD800 && ch <= 0xDBFF)	/* high surrogate */
+    {
+	/* We don't have the entire code point yet, only the first UTF-16 code
+	 * unit; so just remember it and use it in the next call. */
+	surrogate_pending_ch = ch;
+	return 0;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+	wstring[0] = ch;
+	len = 1;
+    }
+
+    /* "ch" is a UTF-16 character.  Convert it to a string of bytes.  When
+     * "enc_codepage" is non-zero use the standard Win32 function,
+     * otherwise use our own conversion function (e.g., for UTF-8). */
+    if (enc_codepage > 0)
+    {
+	len = WideCharToMultiByte(enc_codepage, 0, wstring, len,
+		(LPSTR)string, slen, 0, NULL);
+	/* If we had included the ALT key into the character but now the
+	 * upper bit is no longer set, that probably means the conversion
+	 * failed.  Convert the original character and set the upper bit
+	 * afterwards. */
+	if (had_alt && len == 1 && ch >= 0x80 && string[0] < 0x80)
+	{
+	    wstring[0] = ch & 0x7f;
+	    len = WideCharToMultiByte(enc_codepage, 0, wstring, len,
+		    (LPSTR)string, slen, 0, NULL);
+	    if (len == 1) /* safety check */
+		string[0] |= 0x80;
+	}
+    }
+    else
+    {
+	ws = utf16_to_enc(wstring, &len);
+	if (ws == NULL)
+	    len = 0;
+	else
+	{
+	    if (len > slen)	/* just in case */
+		len = slen;
+	    mch_memmove(string, ws, len);
+	    vim_free(ws);
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (len == 0)
+    {
+	string[0] = ch;
+	len = 1;
+    }
+
+    for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
+	if (string[i] == CSI && len <= slen - 2)
+	{
+	    /* Insert CSI as K_CSI. */
+	    mch_memmove(string + i + 3, string + i + 1, len - i - 1);
+	    string[++i] = KS_EXTRA;
+	    string[++i] = (int)KE_CSI;
+	    len += 2;
+	}
+
+    return len;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Key hit, add it to the input buffer.
+ */
+    static void
+_OnChar(
+    HWND hwnd UNUSED,
+    UINT ch,
+    int cRepeat UNUSED)
+{
+    char_u	string[40];
+    int		len = 0;
+
+    dead_key = 0;
+
+    len = char_to_string(ch, string, 40, FALSE);
+    if (len == 1 && string[0] == Ctrl_C && ctrl_c_interrupts)
+    {
+	trash_input_buf();
+	got_int = TRUE;
+    }
+
+    add_to_input_buf(string, len);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Alt-Key hit, add it to the input buffer.
+ */
+    static void
+_OnSysChar(
+    HWND hwnd UNUSED,
+    UINT cch,
+    int cRepeat UNUSED)
+{
+    char_u	string[40]; /* Enough for multibyte character */
+    int		len;
+    int		modifiers;
+    int		ch = cch;   /* special keys are negative */
+
+    dead_key = 0;
+
+    /* TRACE("OnSysChar(%d, %c)\n", ch, ch); */
+
+    /* OK, we have a character key (given by ch) which was entered with the
+     * ALT key pressed. Eg, if the user presses Alt-A, then ch == 'A'. Note
+     * that the system distinguishes Alt-a and Alt-A (Alt-Shift-a unless
+     * CAPSLOCK is pressed) at this point.
+     */
+    modifiers = MOD_MASK_ALT;
+    if (GetKeyState(VK_SHIFT) & 0x8000)
+	modifiers |= MOD_MASK_SHIFT;
+    if (GetKeyState(VK_CONTROL) & 0x8000)
+	modifiers |= MOD_MASK_CTRL;
+
+    ch = simplify_key(ch, &modifiers);
+    /* remove the SHIFT modifier for keys where it's already included, e.g.,
+     * '(' and '*' */
+    if (ch < 0x100 && !isalpha(ch) && isprint(ch))
+	modifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_SHIFT;
+
+    /* Interpret the ALT key as making the key META, include SHIFT, etc. */
+    ch = extract_modifiers(ch, &modifiers);
+    if (ch == CSI)
+	ch = K_CSI;
+
+    len = 0;
+    if (modifiers)
+    {
+	string[len++] = CSI;
+	string[len++] = KS_MODIFIER;
+	string[len++] = modifiers;
+    }
+
+    if (IS_SPECIAL((int)ch))
+    {
+	string[len++] = CSI;
+	string[len++] = K_SECOND((int)ch);
+	string[len++] = K_THIRD((int)ch);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+	/* Although the documentation isn't clear about it, we assume "ch" is
+	 * a Unicode character. */
+	len += char_to_string(ch, string + len, 40 - len, TRUE);
+    }
+
+    add_to_input_buf(string, len);
+}
+
+    static void
+_OnMouseEvent(
+    int button,
+    int x,
+    int y,
+    int repeated_click,
+    UINT keyFlags)
+{
+    int vim_modifiers = 0x0;
+
+    s_getting_focus = FALSE;
+
+    if (keyFlags & MK_SHIFT)
+	vim_modifiers |= MOUSE_SHIFT;
+    if (keyFlags & MK_CONTROL)
+	vim_modifiers |= MOUSE_CTRL;
+    if (GetKeyState(VK_MENU) & 0x8000)
+	vim_modifiers |= MOUSE_ALT;
+
+    gui_send_mouse_event(button, x, y, repeated_click, vim_modifiers);
+}
+
+    static void
+_OnMouseButtonDown(
+    HWND hwnd UNUSED,
+    BOOL fDoubleClick UNUSED,
+    int x,
+    int y,
+    UINT keyFlags)
+{
+    static LONG	s_prevTime = 0;
+
+    LONG    currentTime = GetMessageTime();
+    int	    button = -1;
+    int	    repeated_click;
+
+    /* Give main window the focus: this is so the cursor isn't hollow. */
+    (void)SetFocus(s_hwnd);
+
+    if (s_uMsg == WM_LBUTTONDOWN || s_uMsg == WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK)
+	button = MOUSE_LEFT;
+    else if (s_uMsg == WM_MBUTTONDOWN || s_uMsg == WM_MBUTTONDBLCLK)
+	button = MOUSE_MIDDLE;
+    else if (s_uMsg == WM_RBUTTONDOWN || s_uMsg == WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK)
+	button = MOUSE_RIGHT;
+    else if (s_uMsg == WM_XBUTTONDOWN || s_uMsg == WM_XBUTTONDBLCLK)
+    {
+#ifndef GET_XBUTTON_WPARAM
+# define GET_XBUTTON_WPARAM(wParam)	(HIWORD(wParam))
+#endif
+	button = ((GET_XBUTTON_WPARAM(s_wParam) == 1) ? MOUSE_X1 : MOUSE_X2);
+    }
+    else if (s_uMsg == WM_CAPTURECHANGED)
+    {
+	/* on W95/NT4, somehow you get in here with an odd Msg
+	 * if you press one button while holding down the other..*/
+	if (s_button_pending == MOUSE_LEFT)
+	    button = MOUSE_RIGHT;
+	else
+	    button = MOUSE_LEFT;
+    }
+    if (button >= 0)
+    {
+	repeated_click = ((int)(currentTime - s_prevTime) < p_mouset);
+
+	/*
+	 * Holding down the left and right buttons simulates pushing the middle
+	 * button.
+	 */
+	if (repeated_click
+		&& ((button == MOUSE_LEFT && s_button_pending == MOUSE_RIGHT)
+		    || (button == MOUSE_RIGHT
+					  && s_button_pending == MOUSE_LEFT)))
+	{
+	    /*
+	     * Hmm, gui.c will ignore more than one button down at a time, so
+	     * pretend we let go of it first.
+	     */
+	    gui_send_mouse_event(MOUSE_RELEASE, x, y, FALSE, 0x0);
+	    button = MOUSE_MIDDLE;
+	    repeated_click = FALSE;
+	    s_button_pending = -1;
+	    _OnMouseEvent(button, x, y, repeated_click, keyFlags);
+	}
+	else if ((repeated_click)
+		|| (mouse_model_popup() && (button == MOUSE_RIGHT)))
+	{
+	    if (s_button_pending > -1)
+	    {
+		    _OnMouseEvent(s_button_pending, x, y, FALSE, keyFlags);
+		    s_button_pending = -1;
+	    }
+	    /* TRACE("Button down at x %d, y %d\n", x, y); */
+	    _OnMouseEvent(button, x, y, repeated_click, keyFlags);
+	}
+	else
+	{
+	    /*
+	     * If this is the first press (i.e. not a multiple click) don't
+	     * action immediately, but store and wait for:
+	     * i) button-up
+	     * ii) mouse move
+	     * iii) another button press
+	     * before using it.
+	     * This enables us to make left+right simulate middle button,
+	     * without left or right being actioned first.  The side-effect is
+	     * that if you click and hold the mouse without dragging, the
+	     * cursor doesn't move until you release the button. In practice
+	     * this is hardly a problem.
+	     */
+	    s_button_pending = button;
+	    s_x_pending = x;
+	    s_y_pending = y;
+	    s_kFlags_pending = keyFlags;
+	}
+
+	s_prevTime = currentTime;
+    }
+}
+
+    static void
+_OnMouseMoveOrRelease(
+    HWND hwnd UNUSED,
+    int x,
+    int y,
+    UINT keyFlags)
+{
+    int button;
+
+    s_getting_focus = FALSE;
+    if (s_button_pending > -1)
+    {
+	/* Delayed action for mouse down event */
+	_OnMouseEvent(s_button_pending, s_x_pending,
+					s_y_pending, FALSE, s_kFlags_pending);
+	s_button_pending = -1;
+    }
+    if (s_uMsg == WM_MOUSEMOVE)
+    {
+	/*
+	 * It's only a MOUSE_DRAG if one or more mouse buttons are being held
+	 * down.
+	 */
+	if (!(keyFlags & (MK_LBUTTON | MK_MBUTTON | MK_RBUTTON
+						| MK_XBUTTON1 | MK_XBUTTON2)))
+	{
+	    gui_mouse_moved(x, y);
+	    return;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * While button is down, keep grabbing mouse move events when
+	 * the mouse goes outside the window
+	 */
+	SetCapture(s_textArea);
+	button = MOUSE_DRAG;
+	/* TRACE("  move at x %d, y %d\n", x, y); */
+    }
+    else
+    {
+	ReleaseCapture();
+	button = MOUSE_RELEASE;
+	/* TRACE("  up at x %d, y %d\n", x, y); */
+    }
+
+    _OnMouseEvent(button, x, y, FALSE, keyFlags);
+}
+
+    static void
+_OnSizeTextArea(
+    HWND hwnd UNUSED,
+    UINT state UNUSED,
+    int cx UNUSED,
+    int cy UNUSED)
+{
+#if defined(FEAT_DIRECTX)
+    if (IS_ENABLE_DIRECTX())
+	directx_binddc();
+#endif
+}
+
+#ifdef FEAT_MENU
+/*
+ * Find the vimmenu_T with the given id
+ */
+    static vimmenu_T *
+gui_mswin_find_menu(
+    vimmenu_T	*pMenu,
+    int		id)
+{
+    vimmenu_T	*pChildMenu;
+
+    while (pMenu)
+    {
+	if (pMenu->id == (UINT)id)
+	    break;
+	if (pMenu->children != NULL)
+	{
+	    pChildMenu = gui_mswin_find_menu(pMenu->children, id);
+	    if (pChildMenu)
+	    {
+		pMenu = pChildMenu;
+		break;
+	    }
+	}
+	pMenu = pMenu->next;
+    }
+    return pMenu;
+}
+
+    static void
+_OnMenu(
+    HWND	hwnd UNUSED,
+    int		id,
+    HWND	hwndCtl UNUSED,
+    UINT	codeNotify UNUSED)
+{
+    vimmenu_T	*pMenu;
+
+    pMenu = gui_mswin_find_menu(root_menu, id);
+    if (pMenu)
+	gui_menu_cb(pMenu);
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MSWIN_FIND_REPLACE
+/*
+ * copy useful data from structure LPFINDREPLACE to structure LPFINDREPLACEW
+ */
+    static void
+findrep_atow(LPFINDREPLACEW lpfrw, LPFINDREPLACE lpfr)
+{
+    WCHAR *wp;
+
+    lpfrw->hwndOwner = lpfr->hwndOwner;
+    lpfrw->Flags = lpfr->Flags;
+
+    wp = enc_to_utf16((char_u *)lpfr->lpstrFindWhat, NULL);
+    wcsncpy(lpfrw->lpstrFindWhat, wp, lpfrw->wFindWhatLen - 1);
+    vim_free(wp);
+
+    /* the field "lpstrReplaceWith" doesn't need to be copied */
+}
+
+/*
+ * copy useful data from structure LPFINDREPLACEW to structure LPFINDREPLACE
+ */
+    static void
+findrep_wtoa(LPFINDREPLACE lpfr, LPFINDREPLACEW lpfrw)
+{
+    char_u *p;
+
+    lpfr->Flags = lpfrw->Flags;
+
+    p = utf16_to_enc((short_u*)lpfrw->lpstrFindWhat, NULL);
+    vim_strncpy((char_u *)lpfr->lpstrFindWhat, p, lpfr->wFindWhatLen - 1);
+    vim_free(p);
+
+    p = utf16_to_enc((short_u*)lpfrw->lpstrReplaceWith, NULL);
+    vim_strncpy((char_u *)lpfr->lpstrReplaceWith, p, lpfr->wReplaceWithLen - 1);
+    vim_free(p);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Handle a Find/Replace window message.
+ */
+    static void
+_OnFindRepl(void)
+{
+    int	    flags = 0;
+    int	    down;
+
+    /* If the OS is Windows NT, and 'encoding' differs from active codepage:
+     * convert text from wide string. */
+    if (enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage)
+    {
+	findrep_wtoa(&s_findrep_struct, &s_findrep_struct_w);
+    }
+
+    if (s_findrep_struct.Flags & FR_DIALOGTERM)
+	/* Give main window the focus back. */
+	(void)SetFocus(s_hwnd);
+
+    if (s_findrep_struct.Flags & FR_FINDNEXT)
+    {
+	flags = FRD_FINDNEXT;
+
+	/* Give main window the focus back: this is so the cursor isn't
+	 * hollow. */
+	(void)SetFocus(s_hwnd);
+    }
+    else if (s_findrep_struct.Flags & FR_REPLACE)
+    {
+	flags = FRD_REPLACE;
+
+	/* Give main window the focus back: this is so the cursor isn't
+	 * hollow. */
+	(void)SetFocus(s_hwnd);
+    }
+    else if (s_findrep_struct.Flags & FR_REPLACEALL)
+    {
+	flags = FRD_REPLACEALL;
+    }
+
+    if (flags != 0)
+    {
+	/* Call the generic GUI function to do the actual work. */
+	if (s_findrep_struct.Flags & FR_WHOLEWORD)
+	    flags |= FRD_WHOLE_WORD;
+	if (s_findrep_struct.Flags & FR_MATCHCASE)
+	    flags |= FRD_MATCH_CASE;
+	down = (s_findrep_struct.Flags & FR_DOWN) != 0;
+	gui_do_findrepl(flags, (char_u *)s_findrep_struct.lpstrFindWhat,
+			     (char_u *)s_findrep_struct.lpstrReplaceWith, down);
+    }
+}
+#endif
+
+    static void
+HandleMouseHide(UINT uMsg, LPARAM lParam)
+{
+    static LPARAM last_lParam = 0L;
+
+    /* We sometimes get a mousemove when the mouse didn't move... */
+    if (uMsg == WM_MOUSEMOVE || uMsg == WM_NCMOUSEMOVE)
+    {
+	if (lParam == last_lParam)
+	    return;
+	last_lParam = lParam;
+    }
+
+    /* Handle specially, to centralise coding. We need to be sure we catch all
+     * possible events which should cause us to restore the cursor (as it is a
+     * shared resource, we take full responsibility for it).
+     */
+    switch (uMsg)
+    {
+    case WM_KEYUP:
+    case WM_CHAR:
+	/*
+	 * blank out the pointer if necessary
+	 */
+	if (p_mh)
+	    gui_mch_mousehide(TRUE);
+	break;
+
+    case WM_SYSKEYUP:	 /* show the pointer when a system-key is pressed */
+    case WM_SYSCHAR:
+    case WM_MOUSEMOVE:	 /* show the pointer on any mouse action */
+    case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:
+    case WM_LBUTTONUP:
+    case WM_MBUTTONDOWN:
+    case WM_MBUTTONUP:
+    case WM_RBUTTONDOWN:
+    case WM_RBUTTONUP:
+    case WM_XBUTTONDOWN:
+    case WM_XBUTTONUP:
+    case WM_NCMOUSEMOVE:
+    case WM_NCLBUTTONDOWN:
+    case WM_NCLBUTTONUP:
+    case WM_NCMBUTTONDOWN:
+    case WM_NCMBUTTONUP:
+    case WM_NCRBUTTONDOWN:
+    case WM_NCRBUTTONUP:
+    case WM_KILLFOCUS:
+	/*
+	 * if the pointer is currently hidden, then we should show it.
+	 */
+	gui_mch_mousehide(FALSE);
+	break;
+    }
+}
+
+    static LRESULT CALLBACK
+_TextAreaWndProc(
+    HWND hwnd,
+    UINT uMsg,
+    WPARAM wParam,
+    LPARAM lParam)
+{
+    /*
+    TRACE("TextAreaWndProc: hwnd = %08x, msg = %x, wParam = %x, lParam = %x\n",
+	  hwnd, uMsg, wParam, lParam);
+    */
+
+    HandleMouseHide(uMsg, lParam);
+
+    s_uMsg = uMsg;
+    s_wParam = wParam;
+    s_lParam = lParam;
+
+#ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_GUI
+    TrackUserActivity(uMsg);
+#endif
+
+    switch (uMsg)
+    {
+	HANDLE_MSG(hwnd, WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK,_OnMouseButtonDown);
+	HANDLE_MSG(hwnd, WM_LBUTTONDOWN,_OnMouseButtonDown);
+	HANDLE_MSG(hwnd, WM_LBUTTONUP,	_OnMouseMoveOrRelease);
+	HANDLE_MSG(hwnd, WM_MBUTTONDBLCLK,_OnMouseButtonDown);
+	HANDLE_MSG(hwnd, WM_MBUTTONDOWN,_OnMouseButtonDown);
+	HANDLE_MSG(hwnd, WM_MBUTTONUP,	_OnMouseMoveOrRelease);
+	HANDLE_MSG(hwnd, WM_MOUSEMOVE,	_OnMouseMoveOrRelease);
+	HANDLE_MSG(hwnd, WM_PAINT,	_OnPaint);
+	HANDLE_MSG(hwnd, WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK,_OnMouseButtonDown);
+	HANDLE_MSG(hwnd, WM_RBUTTONDOWN,_OnMouseButtonDown);
+	HANDLE_MSG(hwnd, WM_RBUTTONUP,	_OnMouseMoveOrRelease);
+	HANDLE_MSG(hwnd, WM_XBUTTONDBLCLK,_OnMouseButtonDown);
+	HANDLE_MSG(hwnd, WM_XBUTTONDOWN,_OnMouseButtonDown);
+	HANDLE_MSG(hwnd, WM_XBUTTONUP,	_OnMouseMoveOrRelease);
+	HANDLE_MSG(hwnd, WM_SIZE,	_OnSizeTextArea);
+
+#ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_GUI
+	case WM_NOTIFY: Handle_WM_Notify(hwnd, (LPNMHDR)lParam);
+	    return TRUE;
+#endif
+	default:
+	    return MyWindowProc(hwnd, uMsg, wParam, lParam);
+    }
+}
+
+#ifdef PROTO
+typedef int WINAPI;
+#endif
+
+    LRESULT WINAPI
+vim_WindowProc(HWND hwnd, UINT message, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
+{
+#ifdef GLOBAL_IME
+    return global_ime_DefWindowProc(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam);
+#else
+    if (wide_WindowProc)
+	return DefWindowProcW(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam);
+    return DefWindowProc(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam);
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+ * Called when the foreground or background color has been changed.
+ */
+    void
+gui_mch_new_colors(void)
+{
+    /* nothing to do? */
+}
+
+/*
+ * Set the colors to their default values.
+ */
+    void
+gui_mch_def_colors(void)
+{
+    gui.norm_pixel = GetSysColor(COLOR_WINDOWTEXT);
+    gui.back_pixel = GetSysColor(COLOR_WINDOW);
+    gui.def_norm_pixel = gui.norm_pixel;
+    gui.def_back_pixel = gui.back_pixel;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Open the GUI window which was created by a call to gui_mch_init().
+ */
+    int
+gui_mch_open(void)
+{
+#ifndef SW_SHOWDEFAULT
+# define SW_SHOWDEFAULT 10	/* Borland 5.0 doesn't have it */
+#endif
+    /* Actually open the window, if not already visible
+     * (may be done already in gui_mch_set_shellsize) */
+    if (!IsWindowVisible(s_hwnd))
+	ShowWindow(s_hwnd, SW_SHOWDEFAULT);
+
+#ifdef MSWIN_FIND_REPLACE
+    /* Init replace string here, so that we keep it when re-opening the
+     * dialog. */
+    s_findrep_struct.lpstrReplaceWith[0] = NUL;
+#endif
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Get the position of the top left corner of the window.
+ */
+    int
+gui_mch_get_winpos(int *x, int *y)
+{
+    RECT    rect;
+
+    GetWindowRect(s_hwnd, &rect);
+    *x = rect.left;
+    *y = rect.top;
+    return OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Set the position of the top left corner of the window to the given
+ * coordinates.
+ */
+    void
+gui_mch_set_winpos(int x, int y)
+{
+    SetWindowPos(s_hwnd, NULL, x, y, 0, 0,
+		 SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOACTIVATE);
+}
+    void
+gui_mch_set_text_area_pos(int x, int y, int w, int h)
+{
+    static int oldx = 0;
+    static int oldy = 0;
+
+    SetWindowPos(s_textArea, NULL, x, y, w, h, SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_NOACTIVATE);
+
+#ifdef FEAT_TOOLBAR
+    if (vim_strchr(p_go, GO_TOOLBAR) != NULL)
+	SendMessage(s_toolbarhwnd, WM_SIZE,
+	      (WPARAM)0, (LPARAM)(w + ((long)(TOOLBAR_BUTTON_HEIGHT+8)<<16)));
+#endif
+#if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE)
+    if (showing_tabline)
+    {
+	int	top = 0;
+	RECT	rect;
+
+# ifdef FEAT_TOOLBAR
+	if (vim_strchr(p_go, GO_TOOLBAR) != NULL)
+	    top = TOOLBAR_BUTTON_HEIGHT + TOOLBAR_BORDER_HEIGHT;
+# endif
+	GetClientRect(s_hwnd, &rect);
+	MoveWindow(s_tabhwnd, 0, top, rect.right, gui.tabline_height, TRUE);
+    }
+#endif
+
+    /* When side scroll bar is unshown, the size of window will change.
+     * then, the text area move left or right. thus client rect should be
+     * forcedly redrawn. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto) */
+    if (oldx != x || oldy != y)
+    {
+	InvalidateRect(s_hwnd, NULL, FALSE);
+	oldx = x;
+	oldy = y;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Scrollbar stuff:
+ */
+
+    void
+gui_mch_enable_scrollbar(
+    scrollbar_T     *sb,
+    int		    flag)
+{
+    ShowScrollBar(sb->id, SB_CTL, flag);
+
+    /* TODO: When the window is maximized, the size of the window stays the
+     * same, thus the size of the text area changes.  On Win98 it's OK, on Win
+     * NT 4.0 it's not... */
+}
+
+    void
+gui_mch_set_scrollbar_pos(
+    scrollbar_T *sb,
+    int		x,
+    int		y,
+    int		w,
+    int		h)
+{
+    SetWindowPos(sb->id, NULL, x, y, w, h,
+			      SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_NOACTIVATE | SWP_SHOWWINDOW);
+}
+
+    void
+gui_mch_create_scrollbar(
+    scrollbar_T *sb,
+    int		orient)	/* SBAR_VERT or SBAR_HORIZ */
+{
+    sb->id = CreateWindow(
+	"SCROLLBAR", "Scrollbar",
+	WS_CHILD | ((orient == SBAR_VERT) ? SBS_VERT : SBS_HORZ), 0, 0,
+	10,				/* Any value will do for now */
+	10,				/* Any value will do for now */
+	s_hwnd, NULL,
+	s_hinst, NULL);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Find the scrollbar with the given hwnd.
+ */
+	 static scrollbar_T *
+gui_mswin_find_scrollbar(HWND hwnd)
+{
+    win_T	*wp;
+
+    if (gui.bottom_sbar.id == hwnd)
+	return &gui.bottom_sbar;
+    FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
+    {
+	if (wp->w_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT].id == hwnd)
+	    return &wp->w_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT];
+	if (wp->w_scrollbars[SBAR_RIGHT].id == hwnd)
+	    return &wp->w_scrollbars[SBAR_RIGHT];
+    }
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Get the character size of a font.
+ */
+    static void
+GetFontSize(GuiFont font)
+{
+    HWND    hwnd = GetDesktopWindow();
+    HDC	    hdc = GetWindowDC(hwnd);
+    HFONT   hfntOld = SelectFont(hdc, (HFONT)font);
+    TEXTMETRIC tm;
+
+    GetTextMetrics(hdc, &tm);
+    gui.char_width = tm.tmAveCharWidth + tm.tmOverhang;
+
+    gui.char_height = tm.tmHeight + p_linespace;
+
+    SelectFont(hdc, hfntOld);
+
+    ReleaseDC(hwnd, hdc);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Adjust gui.char_height (after 'linespace' was changed).
+ */
+    int
+gui_mch_adjust_charheight(void)
+{
+    GetFontSize(gui.norm_font);
+    return OK;
+}
+
+    static GuiFont
+get_font_handle(LOGFONT *lf)
+{
+    HFONT   font = NULL;
+
+    /* Load the font */
+    font = CreateFontIndirect(lf);
+
+    if (font == NULL)
+	return NOFONT;
+
+    return (GuiFont)font;
+}
+
+    static int
+pixels_to_points(int pixels, int vertical)
+{
+    int		points;
+    HWND	hwnd;
+    HDC		hdc;
+
+    hwnd = GetDesktopWindow();
+    hdc = GetWindowDC(hwnd);
+
+    points = MulDiv(pixels, 72,
+		    GetDeviceCaps(hdc, vertical ? LOGPIXELSY : LOGPIXELSX));
+
+    ReleaseDC(hwnd, hdc);
+
+    return points;
+}
+
+    GuiFont
+gui_mch_get_font(
+    char_u	*name,
+    int		giveErrorIfMissing)
+{
+    LOGFONT	lf;
+    GuiFont	font = NOFONT;
+
+    if (get_logfont(&lf, name, NULL, giveErrorIfMissing) == OK)
+	font = get_font_handle(&lf);
+    if (font == NOFONT && giveErrorIfMissing)
+	semsg(_(e_font), name);
+    return font;
+}
+
+#if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
+/*
+ * Return the name of font "font" in allocated memory.
+ * Don't know how to get the actual name, thus use the provided name.
+ */
+    char_u *
+gui_mch_get_fontname(GuiFont font UNUSED, char_u *name)
+{
+    if (name == NULL)
+	return NULL;
+    return vim_strsave(name);
+}
+#endif
+
+    void
+gui_mch_free_font(GuiFont font)
+{
+    if (font)
+	DeleteObject((HFONT)font);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Return the Pixel value (color) for the given color name.
+ * Return INVALCOLOR for error.
+ */
+    guicolor_T
+gui_mch_get_color(char_u *name)
+{
+    int i;
+
+    typedef struct SysColorTable
+    {
+	char	    *name;
+	int	    color;
+    } SysColorTable;
+
+    static SysColorTable sys_table[] =
+    {
+	{"SYS_3DDKSHADOW", COLOR_3DDKSHADOW},
+	{"SYS_3DHILIGHT", COLOR_3DHILIGHT},
+#ifdef COLOR_3DHIGHLIGHT
+	{"SYS_3DHIGHLIGHT", COLOR_3DHIGHLIGHT},
+#endif
+	{"SYS_BTNHILIGHT", COLOR_BTNHILIGHT},
+	{"SYS_BTNHIGHLIGHT", COLOR_BTNHIGHLIGHT},
+	{"SYS_3DLIGHT", COLOR_3DLIGHT},
+	{"SYS_3DSHADOW", COLOR_3DSHADOW},
+	{"SYS_DESKTOP", COLOR_DESKTOP},
+	{"SYS_INFOBK", COLOR_INFOBK},
+	{"SYS_INFOTEXT", COLOR_INFOTEXT},
+	{"SYS_3DFACE", COLOR_3DFACE},
+	{"SYS_BTNFACE", COLOR_BTNFACE},
+	{"SYS_BTNSHADOW", COLOR_BTNSHADOW},
+	{"SYS_ACTIVEBORDER", COLOR_ACTIVEBORDER},
+	{"SYS_ACTIVECAPTION", COLOR_ACTIVECAPTION},
+	{"SYS_APPWORKSPACE", COLOR_APPWORKSPACE},
+	{"SYS_BACKGROUND", COLOR_BACKGROUND},
+	{"SYS_BTNTEXT", COLOR_BTNTEXT},
+	{"SYS_CAPTIONTEXT", COLOR_CAPTIONTEXT},
+	{"SYS_GRAYTEXT", COLOR_GRAYTEXT},
+	{"SYS_HIGHLIGHT", COLOR_HIGHLIGHT},
+	{"SYS_HIGHLIGHTTEXT", COLOR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT},
+	{"SYS_INACTIVEBORDER", COLOR_INACTIVEBORDER},
+	{"SYS_INACTIVECAPTION", COLOR_INACTIVECAPTION},
+	{"SYS_INACTIVECAPTIONTEXT", COLOR_INACTIVECAPTIONTEXT},
+	{"SYS_MENU", COLOR_MENU},
+	{"SYS_MENUTEXT", COLOR_MENUTEXT},
+	{"SYS_SCROLLBAR", COLOR_SCROLLBAR},
+	{"SYS_WINDOW", COLOR_WINDOW},
+	{"SYS_WINDOWFRAME", COLOR_WINDOWFRAME},
+	{"SYS_WINDOWTEXT", COLOR_WINDOWTEXT}
+    };
+
+    /*
+     * Try to look up a system colour.
+     */
+    for (i = 0; i < sizeof(sys_table) / sizeof(sys_table[0]); i++)
+	if (STRICMP(name, sys_table[i].name) == 0)
+	    return GetSysColor(sys_table[i].color);
+
+    return gui_get_color_cmn(name);
+}
+
+    guicolor_T
+gui_mch_get_rgb_color(int r, int g, int b)
+{
+    return gui_get_rgb_color_cmn(r, g, b);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Return OK if the key with the termcap name "name" is supported.
+ */
+    int
+gui_mch_haskey(char_u *name)
+{
+    int i;
+
+    for (i = 0; special_keys[i].vim_code1 != NUL; i++)
+	if (name[0] == special_keys[i].vim_code0 &&
+					 name[1] == special_keys[i].vim_code1)
+	    return OK;
+    return FAIL;
+}
+
+    void
+gui_mch_beep(void)
+{
+    MessageBeep(MB_OK);
+}
+/*
+ * Invert a rectangle from row r, column c, for nr rows and nc columns.
+ */
+    void
+gui_mch_invert_rectangle(
+    int	    r,
+    int	    c,
+    int	    nr,
+    int	    nc)
+{
+    RECT    rc;
+
+#if defined(FEAT_DIRECTX)
+    if (IS_ENABLE_DIRECTX())
+	DWriteContext_Flush(s_dwc);
+#endif
+
+    /*
+     * Note: InvertRect() excludes right and bottom of rectangle.
+     */
+    rc.left = FILL_X(c);
+    rc.top = FILL_Y(r);
+    rc.right = rc.left + nc * gui.char_width;
+    rc.bottom = rc.top + nr * gui.char_height;
+    InvertRect(s_hdc, &rc);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Iconify the GUI window.
+ */
+    void
+gui_mch_iconify(void)
+{
+    ShowWindow(s_hwnd, SW_MINIMIZE);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Draw a cursor without focus.
+ */
+    void
+gui_mch_draw_hollow_cursor(guicolor_T color)
+{
+    HBRUSH  hbr;
+    RECT    rc;
+
+#if defined(FEAT_DIRECTX)
+    if (IS_ENABLE_DIRECTX())
+	DWriteContext_Flush(s_dwc);
+#endif
+
+    /*
+     * Note: FrameRect() excludes right and bottom of rectangle.
+     */
+    rc.left = FILL_X(gui.col);
+    rc.top = FILL_Y(gui.row);
+    rc.right = rc.left + gui.char_width;
+    if (mb_lefthalve(gui.row, gui.col))
+	rc.right += gui.char_width;
+    rc.bottom = rc.top + gui.char_height;
+    hbr = CreateSolidBrush(color);
+    FrameRect(s_hdc, &rc, hbr);
+    DeleteBrush(hbr);
+}
+/*
+ * Draw part of a cursor, "w" pixels wide, and "h" pixels high, using
+ * color "color".
+ */
+    void
+gui_mch_draw_part_cursor(
+    int		w,
+    int		h,
+    guicolor_T	color)
+{
+    RECT	rc;
+
+    /*
+     * Note: FillRect() excludes right and bottom of rectangle.
+     */
+    rc.left =
+#ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
+		/* vertical line should be on the right of current point */
+		CURSOR_BAR_RIGHT ? FILL_X(gui.col + 1) - w :
+#endif
+		    FILL_X(gui.col);
+    rc.top = FILL_Y(gui.row) + gui.char_height - h;
+    rc.right = rc.left + w;
+    rc.bottom = rc.top + h;
+
+    fill_rect(&rc, NULL, color);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Generates a VK_SPACE when the internal dead_key flag is set to output the
+ * dead key's nominal character and re-post the original message.
+ */
+    static void
+outputDeadKey_rePost(MSG originalMsg)
+{
+    static MSG deadCharExpel;
+
+    if (!dead_key)
+	return;
+
+    dead_key = 0;
+
+    /* Make Windows generate the dead key's character */
+    deadCharExpel.message = originalMsg.message;
+    deadCharExpel.hwnd    = originalMsg.hwnd;
+    deadCharExpel.wParam  = VK_SPACE;
+
+    MyTranslateMessage(&deadCharExpel);
+
+    /* re-generate the current character free of the dead char influence */
+    PostMessage(originalMsg.hwnd, originalMsg.message, originalMsg.wParam,
+							  originalMsg.lParam);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Process a single Windows message.
+ * If one is not available we hang until one is.
+ */
+    static void
+process_message(void)
+{
+    MSG		msg;
+    UINT	vk = 0;		/* Virtual key */
+    char_u	string[40];
+    int		i;
+    int		modifiers = 0;
+    int		key;
+#ifdef FEAT_MENU
+    static char_u k10[] = {K_SPECIAL, 'k', ';', 0};
+#endif
+
+    pGetMessage(&msg, NULL, 0, 0);
+
+#ifdef FEAT_OLE
+    /* Look after OLE Automation commands */
+    if (msg.message == WM_OLE)
+    {
+	char_u *str = (char_u *)msg.lParam;
+	if (str == NULL || *str == NUL)
+	{
+	    /* Message can't be ours, forward it.  Fixes problem with Ultramon
+	     * 3.0.4 */
+	    pDispatchMessage(&msg);
+	}
+	else
+	{
+	    add_to_input_buf(str, (int)STRLEN(str));
+	    vim_free(str);  /* was allocated in CVim::SendKeys() */
+	}
+	return;
+    }
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MSWIN_FIND_REPLACE
+    /* Don't process messages used by the dialog */
+    if (s_findrep_hwnd != NULL && pIsDialogMessage(s_findrep_hwnd, &msg))
+    {
+	HandleMouseHide(msg.message, msg.lParam);
+	return;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    /*
+     * Check if it's a special key that we recognise.  If not, call
+     * TranslateMessage().
+     */
+    if (msg.message == WM_KEYDOWN || msg.message == WM_SYSKEYDOWN)
+    {
+	vk = (int) msg.wParam;
+
+	/*
+	 * Handle dead keys in special conditions in other cases we let Windows
+	 * handle them and do not interfere.
+	 *
+	 * The dead_key flag must be reset on several occasions:
+	 * - in _OnChar() (or _OnSysChar()) as any dead key was necessarily
+	 *   consumed at that point (This is when we let Windows combine the
+	 *   dead character on its own)
+	 *
+	 * - Before doing something special such as regenerating keypresses to
+	 *   expel the dead character as this could trigger an infinite loop if
+	 *   for some reason MyTranslateMessage() do not trigger a call
+	 *   immediately to _OnChar() (or _OnSysChar()).
+	 */
+	if (dead_key)
+	{
+	    /*
+	     * If a dead key was pressed and the user presses VK_SPACE,
+	     * VK_BACK, or VK_ESCAPE it means that he actually wants to deal
+	     * with the dead char now, so do nothing special and let Windows
+	     * handle it.
+	     *
+	     * Note that VK_SPACE combines with the dead_key's character and
+	     * only one WM_CHAR will be generated by TranslateMessage(), in
+	     * the two other cases two WM_CHAR will be generated: the dead
+	     * char and VK_BACK or VK_ESCAPE. That is most likely what the
+	     * user expects.
+	     */
+	    if ((vk == VK_SPACE || vk == VK_BACK || vk == VK_ESCAPE))
+	    {
+		dead_key = 0;
+		MyTranslateMessage(&msg);
+		return;
+	    }
+	    /* In modes where we are not typing, dead keys should behave
+	     * normally */
+	    else if (!(get_real_state() & (INSERT | CMDLINE | SELECTMODE)))
+	    {
+		outputDeadKey_rePost(msg);
+		return;
+	    }
+	}
+
+	/* Check for CTRL-BREAK */
+	if (vk == VK_CANCEL)
+	{
+	    trash_input_buf();
+	    got_int = TRUE;
+	    ctrl_break_was_pressed = TRUE;
+	    string[0] = Ctrl_C;
+	    add_to_input_buf(string, 1);
+	}
+
+	for (i = 0; special_keys[i].key_sym != 0; i++)
+	{
+	    /* ignore VK_SPACE when ALT key pressed: system menu */
+	    if (special_keys[i].key_sym == vk
+		    && (vk != VK_SPACE || !(GetKeyState(VK_MENU) & 0x8000)))
+	    {
+		/*
+		 * Behave as expected if we have a dead key and the special key
+		 * is a key that would normally trigger the dead key nominal
+		 * character output (such as a NUMPAD printable character or
+		 * the TAB key, etc...).
+		 */
+		if (dead_key && (special_keys[i].vim_code0 == 'K'
+						|| vk == VK_TAB || vk == CAR))
+		{
+		    outputDeadKey_rePost(msg);
+		    return;
+		}
+
+#ifdef FEAT_MENU
+		/* Check for <F10>: Windows selects the menu.  When <F10> is
+		 * mapped we want to use the mapping instead. */
+		if (vk == VK_F10
+			&& gui.menu_is_active
+			&& check_map(k10, State, FALSE, TRUE, FALSE,
+							  NULL, NULL) == NULL)
+		    break;
+#endif
+		if (GetKeyState(VK_SHIFT) & 0x8000)
+		    modifiers |= MOD_MASK_SHIFT;
+		/*
+		 * Don't use caps-lock as shift, because these are special keys
+		 * being considered here, and we only want letters to get
+		 * shifted -- webb
+		 */
+		/*
+		if (GetKeyState(VK_CAPITAL) & 0x0001)
+		    modifiers ^= MOD_MASK_SHIFT;
+		*/
+		if (GetKeyState(VK_CONTROL) & 0x8000)
+		    modifiers |= MOD_MASK_CTRL;
+		if (GetKeyState(VK_MENU) & 0x8000)
+		    modifiers |= MOD_MASK_ALT;
+
+		if (special_keys[i].vim_code1 == NUL)
+		    key = special_keys[i].vim_code0;
+		else
+		    key = TO_SPECIAL(special_keys[i].vim_code0,
+						   special_keys[i].vim_code1);
+		key = simplify_key(key, &modifiers);
+		if (key == CSI)
+		    key = K_CSI;
+
+		if (modifiers)
+		{
+		    string[0] = CSI;
+		    string[1] = KS_MODIFIER;
+		    string[2] = modifiers;
+		    add_to_input_buf(string, 3);
+		}
+
+		if (IS_SPECIAL(key))
+		{
+		    string[0] = CSI;
+		    string[1] = K_SECOND(key);
+		    string[2] = K_THIRD(key);
+		    add_to_input_buf(string, 3);
+		}
+		else
+		{
+		    int	len;
+
+		    /* Handle "key" as a Unicode character. */
+		    len = char_to_string(key, string, 40, FALSE);
+		    add_to_input_buf(string, len);
+		}
+		break;
+	    }
+	}
+	if (special_keys[i].key_sym == 0)
+	{
+	    /* Some keys need C-S- where they should only need C-.
+	     * Ignore 0xff, Windows XP sends it when NUMLOCK has changed since
+	     * system startup (Helmut Stiegler, 2003 Oct 3). */
+	    if (vk != 0xff
+		    && (GetKeyState(VK_CONTROL) & 0x8000)
+		    && !(GetKeyState(VK_SHIFT) & 0x8000)
+		    && !(GetKeyState(VK_MENU) & 0x8000))
+	    {
+		/* CTRL-6 is '^'; Japanese keyboard maps '^' to vk == 0xDE */
+		if (vk == '6' || MapVirtualKey(vk, 2) == (UINT)'^')
+		{
+		    string[0] = Ctrl_HAT;
+		    add_to_input_buf(string, 1);
+		}
+		/* vk == 0xBD AZERTY for CTRL-'-', but CTRL-[ for * QWERTY! */
+		else if (vk == 0xBD)	/* QWERTY for CTRL-'-' */
+		{
+		    string[0] = Ctrl__;
+		    add_to_input_buf(string, 1);
+		}
+		/* CTRL-2 is '@'; Japanese keyboard maps '@' to vk == 0xC0 */
+		else if (vk == '2' || MapVirtualKey(vk, 2) == (UINT)'@')
+		{
+		    string[0] = Ctrl_AT;
+		    add_to_input_buf(string, 1);
+		}
+		else
+		    MyTranslateMessage(&msg);
+	    }
+	    else
+		MyTranslateMessage(&msg);
+	}
+    }
+#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE_IME
+    else if (msg.message == WM_IME_NOTIFY)
+	_OnImeNotify(msg.hwnd, (DWORD)msg.wParam, (DWORD)msg.lParam);
+    else if (msg.message == WM_KEYUP && im_get_status())
+	/* added for non-MS IME (Yasuhiro Matsumoto) */
+	MyTranslateMessage(&msg);
+#endif
+#if !defined(FEAT_MBYTE_IME) && defined(GLOBAL_IME)
+/* GIME_TEST */
+    else if (msg.message == WM_IME_STARTCOMPOSITION)
+    {
+	POINT point;
+
+	global_ime_set_font(&norm_logfont);
+	point.x = FILL_X(gui.col);
+	point.y = FILL_Y(gui.row);
+	MapWindowPoints(s_textArea, s_hwnd, &point, 1);
+	global_ime_set_position(&point);
+    }
+#endif
+
+#ifdef FEAT_MENU
+    /* Check for <F10>: Default effect is to select the menu.  When <F10> is
+     * mapped we need to stop it here to avoid strange effects (e.g., for the
+     * key-up event) */
+    if (vk != VK_F10 || check_map(k10, State, FALSE, TRUE, FALSE,
+							  NULL, NULL) == NULL)
+#endif
+	pDispatchMessage(&msg);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Catch up with any queued events.  This may put keyboard input into the
+ * input buffer, call resize call-backs, trigger timers etc.  If there is
+ * nothing in the event queue (& no timers pending), then we return
+ * immediately.
+ */
+    void
+gui_mch_update(void)
+{
+    MSG	    msg;
+
+    if (!s_busy_processing)
+	while (pPeekMessage(&msg, NULL, 0, 0, PM_NOREMOVE)
+						  && !vim_is_input_buf_full())
+	    process_message();
+}
+
+    static void
+remove_any_timer(void)
+{
+    MSG		msg;
+
+    if (s_wait_timer != 0 && !s_timed_out)
+    {
+	KillTimer(NULL, s_wait_timer);
+
+	/* Eat spurious WM_TIMER messages */
+	while (pPeekMessage(&msg, s_hwnd, WM_TIMER, WM_TIMER, PM_REMOVE))
+	    ;
+	s_wait_timer = 0;
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ * GUI input routine called by gui_wait_for_chars().  Waits for a character
+ * from the keyboard.
+ *  wtime == -1	    Wait forever.
+ *  wtime == 0	    This should never happen.
+ *  wtime > 0	    Wait wtime milliseconds for a character.
+ * Returns OK if a character was found to be available within the given time,
+ * or FAIL otherwise.
+ */
+    int
+gui_mch_wait_for_chars(int wtime)
+{
+    int		focus;
+
+    s_timed_out = FALSE;
+
+    if (wtime >= 0)
+    {
+	// Don't do anything while processing a (scroll) message.
+	if (s_busy_processing)
+	    return FAIL;
+
+	// When called with "wtime" zero, just want one msec.
+	s_wait_timer = (UINT)SetTimer(NULL, 0, (UINT)(wtime == 0 ? 1 : wtime),
+							 (TIMERPROC)_OnTimer);
+    }
+
+    allow_scrollbar = TRUE;
+
+    focus = gui.in_focus;
+    while (!s_timed_out)
+    {
+	/* Stop or start blinking when focus changes */
+	if (gui.in_focus != focus)
+	{
+	    if (gui.in_focus)
+		gui_mch_start_blink();
+	    else
+		gui_mch_stop_blink(TRUE);
+	    focus = gui.in_focus;
+	}
+
+	if (s_need_activate)
+	{
+	    (void)SetForegroundWindow(s_hwnd);
+	    s_need_activate = FALSE;
+	}
+
+#ifdef FEAT_TIMERS
+	did_add_timer = FALSE;
+#endif
+#ifdef MESSAGE_QUEUE
+	/* Check channel I/O while waiting for a message. */
+	for (;;)
+	{
+	    MSG msg;
+
+	    parse_queued_messages();
+
+	    if (pPeekMessage(&msg, NULL, 0, 0, PM_NOREMOVE))
+	    {
+		process_message();
+		break;
+	    }
+	    else if (MsgWaitForMultipleObjects(0, NULL, FALSE, 100, QS_ALLINPUT)
+							       != WAIT_TIMEOUT)
+		break;
+	}
+#else
+	/*
+	 * Don't use gui_mch_update() because then we will spin-lock until a
+	 * char arrives, instead we use GetMessage() to hang until an
+	 * event arrives.  No need to check for input_buf_full because we are
+	 * returning as soon as it contains a single char -- webb
+	 */
+	process_message();
+#endif
+
+	if (input_available())
+	{
+	    remove_any_timer();
+	    allow_scrollbar = FALSE;
+
+	    /* Clear pending mouse button, the release event may have been
+	     * taken by the dialog window.  But don't do this when getting
+	     * focus, we need the mouse-up event then. */
+	    if (!s_getting_focus)
+		s_button_pending = -1;
+
+	    return OK;
+	}
+
+#ifdef FEAT_TIMERS
+	if (did_add_timer)
+	{
+	    /* Need to recompute the waiting time. */
+	    remove_any_timer();
+	    break;
+	}
+#endif
+    }
+    allow_scrollbar = FALSE;
+    return FAIL;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Clear a rectangular region of the screen from text pos (row1, col1) to
+ * (row2, col2) inclusive.
+ */
+    void
+gui_mch_clear_block(
+    int		row1,
+    int		col1,
+    int		row2,
+    int		col2)
+{
+    RECT	rc;
+
+    /*
+     * Clear one extra pixel at the far right, for when bold characters have
+     * spilled over to the window border.
+     * Note: FillRect() excludes right and bottom of rectangle.
+     */
+    rc.left = FILL_X(col1);
+    rc.top = FILL_Y(row1);
+    rc.right = FILL_X(col2 + 1) + (col2 == Columns - 1);
+    rc.bottom = FILL_Y(row2 + 1);
+    clear_rect(&rc);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Clear the whole text window.
+ */
+    void
+gui_mch_clear_all(void)
+{
+    RECT    rc;
+
+    rc.left = 0;
+    rc.top = 0;
+    rc.right = Columns * gui.char_width + 2 * gui.border_width;
+    rc.bottom = Rows * gui.char_height + 2 * gui.border_width;
+    clear_rect(&rc);
+}
+/*
+ * Menu stuff.
+ */
+
+    void
+gui_mch_enable_menu(int flag)
+{
+#ifdef FEAT_MENU
+    SetMenu(s_hwnd, flag ? s_menuBar : NULL);
+#endif
+}
+
+    void
+gui_mch_set_menu_pos(
+    int	    x UNUSED,
+    int	    y UNUSED,
+    int	    w UNUSED,
+    int	    h UNUSED)
+{
+    /* It will be in the right place anyway */
+}
+
+#if defined(FEAT_MENU) || defined(PROTO)
+/*
+ * Make menu item hidden or not hidden
+ */
+    void
+gui_mch_menu_hidden(
+    vimmenu_T	*menu,
+    int		hidden)
+{
+    /*
+     * This doesn't do what we want.  Hmm, just grey the menu items for now.
+     */
+    /*
+    if (hidden)
+	EnableMenuItem(s_menuBar, menu->id, MF_BYCOMMAND | MF_DISABLED);
+    else
+	EnableMenuItem(s_menuBar, menu->id, MF_BYCOMMAND | MF_ENABLED);
+    */
+    gui_mch_menu_grey(menu, hidden);
+}
+
+/*
+ * This is called after setting all the menus to grey/hidden or not.
+ */
+    void
+gui_mch_draw_menubar(void)
+{
+    DrawMenuBar(s_hwnd);
+}
+#endif /*FEAT_MENU*/
+
+#ifndef PROTO
+void
+#ifdef VIMDLL
+_export
+#endif
+_cdecl
+SaveInst(HINSTANCE hInst)
+{
+    s_hinst = hInst;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Return the RGB value of a pixel as a long.
+ */
+    guicolor_T
+gui_mch_get_rgb(guicolor_T pixel)
+{
+    return (guicolor_T)((GetRValue(pixel) << 16) + (GetGValue(pixel) << 8)
+							   + GetBValue(pixel));
+}
+
+#if defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG) || defined(PROTO)
+/* Convert pixels in X to dialog units */
+    static WORD
+PixelToDialogX(int numPixels)
+{
+    return (WORD)((numPixels * 4) / s_dlgfntwidth);
+}
+
+/* Convert pixels in Y to dialog units */
+    static WORD
+PixelToDialogY(int numPixels)
+{
+    return (WORD)((numPixels * 8) / s_dlgfntheight);
+}
+
+/* Return the width in pixels of the given text in the given DC. */
+    static int
+GetTextWidth(HDC hdc, char_u *str, int len)
+{
+    SIZE    size;
+
+    GetTextExtentPoint(hdc, (LPCSTR)str, len, &size);
+    return size.cx;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Return the width in pixels of the given text in the given DC, taking care
+ * of 'encoding' to active codepage conversion.
+ */
+    static int
+GetTextWidthEnc(HDC hdc, char_u *str, int len)
+{
+    SIZE	size;
+    WCHAR	*wstr;
+    int		n;
+    int		wlen = len;
+
+    if (enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage)
+    {
+	/* 'encoding' differs from active codepage: convert text and use wide
+	 * function */
+	wstr = enc_to_utf16(str, &wlen);
+	if (wstr != NULL)
+	{
+	    n = GetTextExtentPointW(hdc, wstr, wlen, &size);
+	    vim_free(wstr);
+	    if (n)
+		return size.cx;
+	}
+    }
+
+    return GetTextWidth(hdc, str, len);
+}
+
+static void get_work_area(RECT *spi_rect);
+
+/*
+ * A quick little routine that will center one window over another, handy for
+ * dialog boxes.  Taken from the Win32SDK samples and modified for multiple
+ * monitors.
+ */
+    static BOOL
+CenterWindow(
+    HWND hwndChild,
+    HWND hwndParent)
+{
+    HMONITOR	    mon;
+    MONITORINFO	    moninfo;
+    RECT	    rChild, rParent, rScreen;
+    int		    wChild, hChild, wParent, hParent;
+    int		    xNew, yNew;
+    HDC		    hdc;
+
+    GetWindowRect(hwndChild, &rChild);
+    wChild = rChild.right - rChild.left;
+    hChild = rChild.bottom - rChild.top;
+
+    /* If Vim is minimized put the window in the middle of the screen. */
+    if (hwndParent == NULL || IsMinimized(hwndParent))
+	get_work_area(&rParent);
+    else
+	GetWindowRect(hwndParent, &rParent);
+    wParent = rParent.right - rParent.left;
+    hParent = rParent.bottom - rParent.top;
+
+    moninfo.cbSize = sizeof(MONITORINFO);
+    mon = MonitorFromWindow(hwndChild, MONITOR_DEFAULTTOPRIMARY);
+    if (mon != NULL && GetMonitorInfo(mon, &moninfo))
+    {
+	rScreen = moninfo.rcWork;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+	hdc = GetDC(hwndChild);
+	rScreen.left = 0;
+	rScreen.top = 0;
+	rScreen.right = GetDeviceCaps(hdc, HORZRES);
+	rScreen.bottom = GetDeviceCaps(hdc, VERTRES);
+	ReleaseDC(hwndChild, hdc);
+    }
+
+    xNew = rParent.left + ((wParent - wChild) / 2);
+    if (xNew < rScreen.left)
+	xNew = rScreen.left;
+    else if ((xNew + wChild) > rScreen.right)
+	xNew = rScreen.right - wChild;
+
+    yNew = rParent.top + ((hParent - hChild) / 2);
+    if (yNew < rScreen.top)
+	yNew = rScreen.top;
+    else if ((yNew + hChild) > rScreen.bottom)
+	yNew = rScreen.bottom - hChild;
+
+    return SetWindowPos(hwndChild, NULL, xNew, yNew, 0, 0,
+						   SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOZORDER);
+}
+#endif /* FEAT_GUI_DIALOG */
+
+#if defined(FEAT_TOOLBAR) || defined(PROTO)
+    void
+gui_mch_show_toolbar(int showit)
+{
+    if (s_toolbarhwnd == NULL)
+	return;
+
+    if (showit)
+    {
+# ifndef TB_SETUNICODEFORMAT
+    /* For older compilers.  We assume this never changes. */
+#  define TB_SETUNICODEFORMAT 0x2005
+# endif
+	/* Enable/disable unicode support */
+	int uu = (enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage);
+	SendMessage(s_toolbarhwnd, TB_SETUNICODEFORMAT, (WPARAM)uu, (LPARAM)0);
+	ShowWindow(s_toolbarhwnd, SW_SHOW);
+    }
+    else
+	ShowWindow(s_toolbarhwnd, SW_HIDE);
+}
+
+/* Then number of bitmaps is fixed.  Exit is missing! */
+#define TOOLBAR_BITMAP_COUNT 31
+
+#endif
+
+#if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO)
+    static void
+add_tabline_popup_menu_entry(HMENU pmenu, UINT item_id, char_u *item_text)
+{
+    WCHAR	*wn = NULL;
+
+    if (enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage)
+    {
+	/* 'encoding' differs from active codepage: convert menu name
+	 * and use wide function */
+	wn = enc_to_utf16(item_text, NULL);
+	if (wn != NULL)
+	{
+	    MENUITEMINFOW	infow;
+
+	    infow.cbSize = sizeof(infow);
+	    infow.fMask = MIIM_TYPE | MIIM_ID;
+	    infow.wID = item_id;
+	    infow.fType = MFT_STRING;
+	    infow.dwTypeData = wn;
+	    infow.cch = (UINT)wcslen(wn);
+	    InsertMenuItemW(pmenu, item_id, FALSE, &infow);
+	    vim_free(wn);
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (wn == NULL)
+    {
+	MENUITEMINFO	info;
+
+	info.cbSize = sizeof(info);
+	info.fMask = MIIM_TYPE | MIIM_ID;
+	info.wID = item_id;
+	info.fType = MFT_STRING;
+	info.dwTypeData = (LPTSTR)item_text;
+	info.cch = (UINT)STRLEN(item_text);
+	InsertMenuItem(pmenu, item_id, FALSE, &info);
+    }
+}
+
+    static void
+show_tabline_popup_menu(void)
+{
+    HMENU	    tab_pmenu;
+    long	    rval;
+    POINT	    pt;
+
+    /* When ignoring events don't show the menu. */
+    if (hold_gui_events
+# ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
+	    || cmdwin_type != 0
+# endif
+       )
+	return;
+
+    tab_pmenu = CreatePopupMenu();
+    if (tab_pmenu == NULL)
+	return;
+
+    if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL)
+	add_tabline_popup_menu_entry(tab_pmenu,
+				TABLINE_MENU_CLOSE, (char_u *)_("Close tab"));
+    add_tabline_popup_menu_entry(tab_pmenu,
+				TABLINE_MENU_NEW, (char_u *)_("New tab"));
+    add_tabline_popup_menu_entry(tab_pmenu,
+				TABLINE_MENU_OPEN, (char_u *)_("Open tab..."));
+
+    GetCursorPos(&pt);
+    rval = TrackPopupMenuEx(tab_pmenu, TPM_RETURNCMD, pt.x, pt.y, s_tabhwnd,
+									NULL);
+
+    DestroyMenu(tab_pmenu);
+
+    /* Add the string cmd into input buffer */
+    if (rval > 0)
+    {
+	TCHITTESTINFO htinfo;
+	int idx;
+
+	if (ScreenToClient(s_tabhwnd, &pt) == 0)
+	    return;
+
+	htinfo.pt.x = pt.x;
+	htinfo.pt.y = pt.y;
+	idx = TabCtrl_HitTest(s_tabhwnd, &htinfo);
+	if (idx == -1)
+	    idx = 0;
+	else
+	    idx += 1;
+
+	send_tabline_menu_event(idx, (int)rval);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Show or hide the tabline.
+ */
+    void
+gui_mch_show_tabline(int showit)
+{
+    if (s_tabhwnd == NULL)
+	return;
+
+    if (!showit != !showing_tabline)
+    {
+	if (showit)
+	    ShowWindow(s_tabhwnd, SW_SHOW);
+	else
+	    ShowWindow(s_tabhwnd, SW_HIDE);
+	showing_tabline = showit;
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Return TRUE when tabline is displayed.
+ */
+    int
+gui_mch_showing_tabline(void)
+{
+    return s_tabhwnd != NULL && showing_tabline;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Update the labels of the tabline.
+ */
+    void
+gui_mch_update_tabline(void)
+{
+    tabpage_T	*tp;
+    TCITEM	tie;
+    int		nr = 0;
+    int		curtabidx = 0;
+    int		tabadded = 0;
+    static int	use_unicode = FALSE;
+    int		uu;
+    WCHAR	*wstr = NULL;
+
+    if (s_tabhwnd == NULL)
+	return;
+
+#ifndef CCM_SETUNICODEFORMAT
+    /* For older compilers.  We assume this never changes. */
+# define CCM_SETUNICODEFORMAT 0x2005
+#endif
+    uu = (enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage);
+    if (uu != use_unicode)
+    {
+	/* Enable/disable unicode support */
+	SendMessage(s_tabhwnd, CCM_SETUNICODEFORMAT, (WPARAM)uu, (LPARAM)0);
+	use_unicode = uu;
+    }
+
+    tie.mask = TCIF_TEXT;
+    tie.iImage = -1;
+
+    /* Disable redraw for tab updates to eliminate O(N^2) draws. */
+    SendMessage(s_tabhwnd, WM_SETREDRAW, (WPARAM)FALSE, 0);
+
+    /* Add a label for each tab page.  They all contain the same text area. */
+    for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL; tp = tp->tp_next, ++nr)
+    {
+	if (tp == curtab)
+	    curtabidx = nr;
+
+	if (nr >= TabCtrl_GetItemCount(s_tabhwnd))
+	{
+	    /* Add the tab */
+	    tie.pszText = "-Empty-";
+	    TabCtrl_InsertItem(s_tabhwnd, nr, &tie);
+	    tabadded = 1;
+	}
+
+	get_tabline_label(tp, FALSE);
+	tie.pszText = (LPSTR)NameBuff;
+	wstr = NULL;
+	if (use_unicode)
+	{
+	    /* Need to go through Unicode. */
+	    wstr = enc_to_utf16(NameBuff, NULL);
+	    if (wstr != NULL)
+	    {
+		TCITEMW		tiw;
+
+		tiw.mask = TCIF_TEXT;
+		tiw.iImage = -1;
+		tiw.pszText = wstr;
+		SendMessage(s_tabhwnd, TCM_SETITEMW, (WPARAM)nr, (LPARAM)&tiw);
+		vim_free(wstr);
+	    }
+	}
+	if (wstr == NULL)
+	{
+	    TabCtrl_SetItem(s_tabhwnd, nr, &tie);
+	}
+    }
+
+    /* Remove any old labels. */
+    while (nr < TabCtrl_GetItemCount(s_tabhwnd))
+	TabCtrl_DeleteItem(s_tabhwnd, nr);
+
+    if (!tabadded && TabCtrl_GetCurSel(s_tabhwnd) != curtabidx)
+	TabCtrl_SetCurSel(s_tabhwnd, curtabidx);
+
+    /* Re-enable redraw and redraw. */
+    SendMessage(s_tabhwnd, WM_SETREDRAW, (WPARAM)TRUE, 0);
+    RedrawWindow(s_tabhwnd, NULL, NULL,
+		    RDW_ERASE | RDW_FRAME | RDW_INVALIDATE | RDW_ALLCHILDREN);
+
+    if (tabadded && TabCtrl_GetCurSel(s_tabhwnd) != curtabidx)
+	TabCtrl_SetCurSel(s_tabhwnd, curtabidx);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Set the current tab to "nr".  First tab is 1.
+ */
+    void
+gui_mch_set_curtab(int nr)
+{
+    if (s_tabhwnd == NULL)
+	return;
+
+    if (TabCtrl_GetCurSel(s_tabhwnd) != nr - 1)
+	TabCtrl_SetCurSel(s_tabhwnd, nr - 1);
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * ":simalt" command.
+ */
+    void
+ex_simalt(exarg_T *eap)
+{
+    char_u	*keys = eap->arg;
+    int		fill_typebuf = FALSE;
+    char_u	key_name[4];
+
+    PostMessage(s_hwnd, WM_SYSCOMMAND, (WPARAM)SC_KEYMENU, (LPARAM)0);
+    while (*keys)
+    {
+	if (*keys == '~')
+	    *keys = ' ';	    /* for showing system menu */
+	PostMessage(s_hwnd, WM_CHAR, (WPARAM)*keys, (LPARAM)0);
+	keys++;
+	fill_typebuf = TRUE;
+    }
+    if (fill_typebuf)
+    {
+	/* Put a NOP in the typeahead buffer so that the message will get
+	 * processed. */
+	key_name[0] = K_SPECIAL;
+	key_name[1] = KS_EXTRA;
+	key_name[2] = KE_NOP;
+	key_name[3] = NUL;
+	typebuf_was_filled = TRUE;
+	(void)ins_typebuf(key_name, REMAP_NONE, 0, TRUE, FALSE);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Create the find & replace dialogs.
+ * You can't have both at once: ":find" when replace is showing, destroys
+ * the replace dialog first, and the other way around.
+ */
+#ifdef MSWIN_FIND_REPLACE
+    static void
+initialise_findrep(char_u *initial_string)
+{
+    int		wword = FALSE;
+    int		mcase = !p_ic;
+    char_u	*entry_text;
+
+    /* Get the search string to use. */
+    entry_text = get_find_dialog_text(initial_string, &wword, &mcase);
+
+    s_findrep_struct.hwndOwner = s_hwnd;
+    s_findrep_struct.Flags = FR_DOWN;
+    if (mcase)
+	s_findrep_struct.Flags |= FR_MATCHCASE;
+    if (wword)
+	s_findrep_struct.Flags |= FR_WHOLEWORD;
+    if (entry_text != NULL && *entry_text != NUL)
+	vim_strncpy((char_u *)s_findrep_struct.lpstrFindWhat, entry_text,
+					   s_findrep_struct.wFindWhatLen - 1);
+    vim_free(entry_text);
+}
+#endif
+
+    static void
+set_window_title(HWND hwnd, char *title)
+{
+    if (title != NULL && enc_codepage >= 0 && enc_codepage != (int)GetACP())
+    {
+	WCHAR	*wbuf;
+
+	/* Convert the title from 'encoding' to UTF-16. */
+	wbuf = (WCHAR *)enc_to_utf16((char_u *)title, NULL);
+	if (wbuf != NULL)
+	{
+	    SetWindowTextW(hwnd, wbuf);
+	    vim_free(wbuf);
+	}
+	return;
+    }
+    (void)SetWindowText(hwnd, (LPCSTR)title);
+}
+
+    void
+gui_mch_find_dialog(exarg_T *eap)
+{
+#ifdef MSWIN_FIND_REPLACE
+    if (s_findrep_msg != 0)
+    {
+	if (IsWindow(s_findrep_hwnd) && !s_findrep_is_find)
+	    DestroyWindow(s_findrep_hwnd);
+
+	if (!IsWindow(s_findrep_hwnd))
+	{
+	    initialise_findrep(eap->arg);
+	    /* If the OS is Windows NT, and 'encoding' differs from active
+	     * codepage: convert text and use wide function. */
+	    if (enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage)
+	    {
+		findrep_atow(&s_findrep_struct_w, &s_findrep_struct);
+		s_findrep_hwnd = FindTextW(
+					(LPFINDREPLACEW) &s_findrep_struct_w);
+	    }
+	    else
+		s_findrep_hwnd = FindText((LPFINDREPLACE) &s_findrep_struct);
+	}
+
+	set_window_title(s_findrep_hwnd, _("Find string"));
+	(void)SetFocus(s_findrep_hwnd);
+
+	s_findrep_is_find = TRUE;
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+
+    void
+gui_mch_replace_dialog(exarg_T *eap)
+{
+#ifdef MSWIN_FIND_REPLACE
+    if (s_findrep_msg != 0)
+    {
+	if (IsWindow(s_findrep_hwnd) && s_findrep_is_find)
+	    DestroyWindow(s_findrep_hwnd);
+
+	if (!IsWindow(s_findrep_hwnd))
+	{
+	    initialise_findrep(eap->arg);
+	    if (enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage)
+	    {
+		findrep_atow(&s_findrep_struct_w, &s_findrep_struct);
+		s_findrep_hwnd = ReplaceTextW(
+					(LPFINDREPLACEW) &s_findrep_struct_w);
+	    }
+	    else
+		s_findrep_hwnd = ReplaceText(
+					   (LPFINDREPLACE) &s_findrep_struct);
+	}
+
+	set_window_title(s_findrep_hwnd, _("Find & Replace"));
+	(void)SetFocus(s_findrep_hwnd);
+
+	s_findrep_is_find = FALSE;
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Set visibility of the pointer.
+ */
+    void
+gui_mch_mousehide(int hide)
+{
+    if (hide != gui.pointer_hidden)
+    {
+	ShowCursor(!hide);
+	gui.pointer_hidden = hide;
+    }
+}
+
+#ifdef FEAT_MENU
+    static void
+gui_mch_show_popupmenu_at(vimmenu_T *menu, int x, int y)
+{
+    /* Unhide the mouse, we don't get move events here. */
+    gui_mch_mousehide(FALSE);
+
+    (void)TrackPopupMenu(
+	(HMENU)menu->submenu_id,
+	TPM_LEFTALIGN | TPM_LEFTBUTTON,
+	x, y,
+	(int)0,	    /*reserved param*/
+	s_hwnd,
+	NULL);
+    /*
+     * NOTE: The pop-up menu can eat the mouse up event.
+     * We deal with this in normal.c.
+     */
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Got a message when the system will go down.
+ */
+    static void
+_OnEndSession(void)
+{
+    getout_preserve_modified(1);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Get this message when the user clicks on the cross in the top right corner
+ * of a Windows95 window.
+ */
+    static void
+_OnClose(HWND hwnd UNUSED)
+{
+    gui_shell_closed();
+}
+
+/*
+ * Get a message when the window is being destroyed.
+ */
+    static void
+_OnDestroy(HWND hwnd)
+{
+    if (!destroying)
+	_OnClose(hwnd);
+}
+
+    static void
+_OnPaint(
+    HWND hwnd)
+{
+    if (!IsMinimized(hwnd))
+    {
+	PAINTSTRUCT ps;
+
+	out_flush();	    /* make sure all output has been processed */
+	(void)BeginPaint(hwnd, &ps);
+
+	/* prevent multi-byte characters from misprinting on an invalid
+	 * rectangle */
+	if (has_mbyte)
+	{
+	    RECT rect;
+
+	    GetClientRect(hwnd, &rect);
+	    ps.rcPaint.left = rect.left;
+	    ps.rcPaint.right = rect.right;
+	}
+
+	if (!IsRectEmpty(&ps.rcPaint))
+	{
+	    gui_redraw(ps.rcPaint.left, ps.rcPaint.top,
+		    ps.rcPaint.right - ps.rcPaint.left + 1,
+		    ps.rcPaint.bottom - ps.rcPaint.top + 1);
+	}
+
+	EndPaint(hwnd, &ps);
+    }
+}
+
+    static void
+_OnSize(
+    HWND hwnd,
+    UINT state UNUSED,
+    int cx,
+    int cy)
+{
+    if (!IsMinimized(hwnd))
+    {
+	gui_resize_shell(cx, cy);
+
+#ifdef FEAT_MENU
+	/* Menu bar may wrap differently now */
+	gui_mswin_get_menu_height(TRUE);
+#endif
+    }
+}
+
+    static void
+_OnSetFocus(
+    HWND hwnd,
+    HWND hwndOldFocus)
+{
+    gui_focus_change(TRUE);
+    s_getting_focus = TRUE;
+    (void)MyWindowProc(hwnd, WM_SETFOCUS, (WPARAM)hwndOldFocus, 0);
+}
+
+    static void
+_OnKillFocus(
+    HWND hwnd,
+    HWND hwndNewFocus)
+{
+    gui_focus_change(FALSE);
+    s_getting_focus = FALSE;
+    (void)MyWindowProc(hwnd, WM_KILLFOCUS, (WPARAM)hwndNewFocus, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Get a message when the user switches back to vim
+ */
+    static LRESULT
+_OnActivateApp(
+    HWND hwnd,
+    BOOL fActivate,
+    DWORD dwThreadId)
+{
+    /* we call gui_focus_change() in _OnSetFocus() */
+    /* gui_focus_change((int)fActivate); */
+    return MyWindowProc(hwnd, WM_ACTIVATEAPP, fActivate, (DWORD)dwThreadId);
+}
+
+    void
+gui_mch_destroy_scrollbar(scrollbar_T *sb)
+{
+    DestroyWindow(sb->id);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Get current mouse coordinates in text window.
+ */
+    void
+gui_mch_getmouse(int *x, int *y)
+{
+    RECT rct;
+    POINT mp;
+
+    (void)GetWindowRect(s_textArea, &rct);
+    (void)GetCursorPos((LPPOINT)&mp);
+    *x = (int)(mp.x - rct.left);
+    *y = (int)(mp.y - rct.top);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Move mouse pointer to character at (x, y).
+ */
+    void
+gui_mch_setmouse(int x, int y)
+{
+    RECT rct;
+
+    (void)GetWindowRect(s_textArea, &rct);
+    (void)SetCursorPos(x + gui.border_offset + rct.left,
+		       y + gui.border_offset + rct.top);
+}
+
+    static void
+gui_mswin_get_valid_dimensions(
+    int w,
+    int h,
+    int *valid_w,
+    int *valid_h)
+{
+    int	    base_width, base_height;
+
+    base_width = gui_get_base_width()
+	+ (GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXFRAME) +
+	   GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXPADDEDBORDER)) * 2;
+    base_height = gui_get_base_height()
+	+ (GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYFRAME) +
+	   GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXPADDEDBORDER)) * 2
+	+ GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYCAPTION)
+#ifdef FEAT_MENU
+	+ gui_mswin_get_menu_height(FALSE)
+#endif
+	;
+    *valid_w = base_width +
+		    ((w - base_width) / gui.char_width) * gui.char_width;
+    *valid_h = base_height +
+		    ((h - base_height) / gui.char_height) * gui.char_height;
+}
+
+    void
+gui_mch_flash(int msec)
+{
+    RECT    rc;
+
+#if defined(FEAT_DIRECTX)
+    if (IS_ENABLE_DIRECTX())
+	DWriteContext_Flush(s_dwc);
+#endif
+
+    /*
+     * Note: InvertRect() excludes right and bottom of rectangle.
+     */
+    rc.left = 0;
+    rc.top = 0;
+    rc.right = gui.num_cols * gui.char_width;
+    rc.bottom = gui.num_rows * gui.char_height;
+    InvertRect(s_hdc, &rc);
+    gui_mch_flush();			/* make sure it's displayed */
+
+    ui_delay((long)msec, TRUE);	/* wait for a few msec */
+
+    InvertRect(s_hdc, &rc);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Return flags used for scrolling.
+ * The SW_INVALIDATE is required when part of the window is covered or
+ * off-screen. Refer to MS KB Q75236.
+ */
+    static int
+get_scroll_flags(void)
+{
+    HWND	hwnd;
+    RECT	rcVim, rcOther, rcDest;
+
+    GetWindowRect(s_hwnd, &rcVim);
+
+    /* Check if the window is partly above or below the screen.  We don't care
+     * about partly left or right of the screen, it is not relevant when
+     * scrolling up or down. */
+    if (rcVim.top < 0 || rcVim.bottom > GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYFULLSCREEN))
+	return SW_INVALIDATE;
+
+    /* Check if there is an window (partly) on top of us. */
+    for (hwnd = s_hwnd; (hwnd = GetWindow(hwnd, GW_HWNDPREV)) != (HWND)0; )
+	if (IsWindowVisible(hwnd))
+	{
+	    GetWindowRect(hwnd, &rcOther);
+	    if (IntersectRect(&rcDest, &rcVim, &rcOther))
+		return SW_INVALIDATE;
+	}
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * On some Intel GPUs, the regions drawn just prior to ScrollWindowEx()
+ * may not be scrolled out properly.
+ * For gVim, when _OnScroll() is repeated, the character at the
+ * previous cursor position may be left drawn after scroll.
+ * The problem can be avoided by calling GetPixel() to get a pixel in
+ * the region before ScrollWindowEx().
+ */
+    static void
+intel_gpu_workaround(void)
+{
+    GetPixel(s_hdc, FILL_X(gui.col), FILL_Y(gui.row));
+}
+
+/*
+ * Delete the given number of lines from the given row, scrolling up any
+ * text further down within the scroll region.
+ */
+    void
+gui_mch_delete_lines(
+    int	    row,
+    int	    num_lines)
+{
+    RECT	rc;
+
+    rc.left = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_left);
+    rc.right = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_right + 1);
+    rc.top = FILL_Y(row);
+    rc.bottom = FILL_Y(gui.scroll_region_bot + 1);
+
+#if defined(FEAT_DIRECTX)
+    if (IS_ENABLE_DIRECTX())
+    {
+	DWriteContext_Scroll(s_dwc, 0, -num_lines * gui.char_height, &rc);
+	DWriteContext_Flush(s_dwc);
+    }
+    else
+#endif
+    {
+	intel_gpu_workaround();
+	ScrollWindowEx(s_textArea, 0, -num_lines * gui.char_height,
+				    &rc, &rc, NULL, NULL, get_scroll_flags());
+	UpdateWindow(s_textArea);
+    }
+
+    /* This seems to be required to avoid the cursor disappearing when
+     * scrolling such that the cursor ends up in the top-left character on
+     * the screen...   But why?  (Webb) */
+    /* It's probably fixed by disabling drawing the cursor while scrolling. */
+    /* gui.cursor_is_valid = FALSE; */
+
+    gui_clear_block(gui.scroll_region_bot - num_lines + 1,
+						       gui.scroll_region_left,
+	gui.scroll_region_bot, gui.scroll_region_right);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Insert the given number of lines before the given row, scrolling down any
+ * following text within the scroll region.
+ */
+    void
+gui_mch_insert_lines(
+    int		row,
+    int		num_lines)
+{
+    RECT	rc;
+
+    rc.left = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_left);
+    rc.right = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_right + 1);
+    rc.top = FILL_Y(row);
+    rc.bottom = FILL_Y(gui.scroll_region_bot + 1);
+
+#if defined(FEAT_DIRECTX)
+    if (IS_ENABLE_DIRECTX())
+    {
+	DWriteContext_Scroll(s_dwc, 0, num_lines * gui.char_height, &rc);
+	DWriteContext_Flush(s_dwc);
+    }
+    else
+#endif
+    {
+	intel_gpu_workaround();
+	/* The SW_INVALIDATE is required when part of the window is covered or
+	 * off-screen.  How do we avoid it when it's not needed? */
+	ScrollWindowEx(s_textArea, 0, num_lines * gui.char_height,
+				    &rc, &rc, NULL, NULL, get_scroll_flags());
+	UpdateWindow(s_textArea);
+    }
+
+    gui_clear_block(row, gui.scroll_region_left,
+				row + num_lines - 1, gui.scroll_region_right);
+}
+
+
+    void
+gui_mch_exit(int rc UNUSED)
+{
+#if defined(FEAT_DIRECTX)
+    DWriteContext_Close(s_dwc);
+    DWrite_Final();
+    s_dwc = NULL;
+#endif
+
+    ReleaseDC(s_textArea, s_hdc);
+    DeleteObject(s_brush);
+
+#ifdef FEAT_TEAROFF
+    /* Unload the tearoff bitmap */
+    (void)DeleteObject((HGDIOBJ)s_htearbitmap);
+#endif
+
+    /* Destroy our window (if we have one). */
+    if (s_hwnd != NULL)
+    {
+	destroying = TRUE;	/* ignore WM_DESTROY message now */
+	DestroyWindow(s_hwnd);
+    }
+
+#ifdef GLOBAL_IME
+    global_ime_end();
+#endif
+}
+
+    static char_u *
+logfont2name(LOGFONT lf)
+{
+    char	*p;
+    char	*res;
+    char	*charset_name;
+    char	*quality_name;
+    char	*font_name = lf.lfFaceName;
+
+    charset_name = charset_id2name((int)lf.lfCharSet);
+    /* Convert a font name from the current codepage to 'encoding'.
+     * TODO: Use Wide APIs (including LOGFONTW) instead of ANSI APIs. */
+    if (enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage)
+    {
+	int	len;
+	acp_to_enc((char_u *)lf.lfFaceName, (int)strlen(lf.lfFaceName),
+						(char_u **)&font_name, &len);
+    }
+    quality_name = quality_id2name((int)lf.lfQuality);
+
+    res = (char *)alloc((unsigned)(strlen(font_name) + 20
+		    + (charset_name == NULL ? 0 : strlen(charset_name) + 2)));
+    if (res != NULL)
+    {
+	p = res;
+	/* make a normal font string out of the lf thing:*/
+	sprintf((char *)p, "%s:h%d", font_name, pixels_to_points(
+			 lf.lfHeight < 0 ? -lf.lfHeight : lf.lfHeight, TRUE));
+	while (*p)
+	{
+	    if (*p == ' ')
+		*p = '_';
+	    ++p;
+	}
+	if (lf.lfItalic)
+	    STRCAT(p, ":i");
+	if (lf.lfWeight >= FW_BOLD)
+	    STRCAT(p, ":b");
+	if (lf.lfUnderline)
+	    STRCAT(p, ":u");
+	if (lf.lfStrikeOut)
+	    STRCAT(p, ":s");
+	if (charset_name != NULL)
+	{
+	    STRCAT(p, ":c");
+	    STRCAT(p, charset_name);
+	}
+	if (quality_name != NULL)
+	{
+	    STRCAT(p, ":q");
+	    STRCAT(p, quality_name);
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (font_name != lf.lfFaceName)
+	vim_free(font_name);
+    return (char_u *)res;
+}
+
+
+#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE_IME
+/*
+ * Set correct LOGFONT to IME.  Use 'guifontwide' if available, otherwise use
+ * 'guifont'
+ */
+    static void
+update_im_font(void)
+{
+    LOGFONT	lf_wide;
+
+    if (p_guifontwide != NULL && *p_guifontwide != NUL
+	    && gui.wide_font != NOFONT
+	    && GetObject((HFONT)gui.wide_font, sizeof(lf_wide), &lf_wide))
+	norm_logfont = lf_wide;
+    else
+	norm_logfont = sub_logfont;
+    im_set_font(&norm_logfont);
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Handler of gui.wide_font (p_guifontwide) changed notification.
+ */
+    void
+gui_mch_wide_font_changed(void)
+{
+    LOGFONT lf;
+
+#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE_IME
+    update_im_font();
+#endif
+
+    gui_mch_free_font(gui.wide_ital_font);
+    gui.wide_ital_font = NOFONT;
+    gui_mch_free_font(gui.wide_bold_font);
+    gui.wide_bold_font = NOFONT;
+    gui_mch_free_font(gui.wide_boldital_font);
+    gui.wide_boldital_font = NOFONT;
+
+    if (gui.wide_font
+	&& GetObject((HFONT)gui.wide_font, sizeof(lf), &lf))
+    {
+	if (!lf.lfItalic)
+	{
+	    lf.lfItalic = TRUE;
+	    gui.wide_ital_font = get_font_handle(&lf);
+	    lf.lfItalic = FALSE;
+	}
+	if (lf.lfWeight < FW_BOLD)
+	{
+	    lf.lfWeight = FW_BOLD;
+	    gui.wide_bold_font = get_font_handle(&lf);
+	    if (!lf.lfItalic)
+	    {
+		lf.lfItalic = TRUE;
+		gui.wide_boldital_font = get_font_handle(&lf);
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Initialise vim to use the font with the given name.
+ * Return FAIL if the font could not be loaded, OK otherwise.
+ */
+    int
+gui_mch_init_font(char_u *font_name, int fontset UNUSED)
+{
+    LOGFONT	lf;
+    GuiFont	font = NOFONT;
+    char_u	*p;
+
+    /* Load the font */
+    if (get_logfont(&lf, font_name, NULL, TRUE) == OK)
+	font = get_font_handle(&lf);
+    if (font == NOFONT)
+	return FAIL;
+
+    if (font_name == NULL)
+	font_name = (char_u *)lf.lfFaceName;
+#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE_IME) || defined(GLOBAL_IME)
+    norm_logfont = lf;
+#endif
+#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE_IME
+    sub_logfont = lf;
+#endif
+#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE_IME
+    update_im_font();
+#endif
+    gui_mch_free_font(gui.norm_font);
+    gui.norm_font = font;
+    current_font_height = lf.lfHeight;
+    GetFontSize(font);
+
+    p = logfont2name(lf);
+    if (p != NULL)
+    {
+	hl_set_font_name(p);
+
+	/* When setting 'guifont' to "*" replace it with the actual font name.
+	 * */
+	if (STRCMP(font_name, "*") == 0 && STRCMP(p_guifont, "*") == 0)
+	{
+	    vim_free(p_guifont);
+	    p_guifont = p;
+	}
+	else
+	    vim_free(p);
+    }
+
+    gui_mch_free_font(gui.ital_font);
+    gui.ital_font = NOFONT;
+    gui_mch_free_font(gui.bold_font);
+    gui.bold_font = NOFONT;
+    gui_mch_free_font(gui.boldital_font);
+    gui.boldital_font = NOFONT;
+
+    if (!lf.lfItalic)
+    {
+	lf.lfItalic = TRUE;
+	gui.ital_font = get_font_handle(&lf);
+	lf.lfItalic = FALSE;
+    }
+    if (lf.lfWeight < FW_BOLD)
+    {
+	lf.lfWeight = FW_BOLD;
+	gui.bold_font = get_font_handle(&lf);
+	if (!lf.lfItalic)
+	{
+	    lf.lfItalic = TRUE;
+	    gui.boldital_font = get_font_handle(&lf);
+	}
+    }
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+#ifndef WPF_RESTORETOMAXIMIZED
+# define WPF_RESTORETOMAXIMIZED 2   /* just in case someone doesn't have it */
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Return TRUE if the GUI window is maximized, filling the whole screen.
+ */
+    int
+gui_mch_maximized(void)
+{
+    WINDOWPLACEMENT wp;
+
+    wp.length = sizeof(WINDOWPLACEMENT);
+    if (GetWindowPlacement(s_hwnd, &wp))
+	return wp.showCmd == SW_SHOWMAXIMIZED
+	    || (wp.showCmd == SW_SHOWMINIMIZED
+		    && wp.flags == WPF_RESTORETOMAXIMIZED);
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Called when the font changed while the window is maximized or GO_KEEPWINSIZE
+ * is set.  Compute the new Rows and Columns.  This is like resizing the
+ * window.
+ */
+    void
+gui_mch_newfont(void)
+{
+    RECT	rect;
+
+    GetWindowRect(s_hwnd, &rect);
+    if (win_socket_id == 0)
+    {
+	gui_resize_shell(rect.right - rect.left
+	    - (GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXFRAME) +
+	       GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXPADDEDBORDER)) * 2,
+	    rect.bottom - rect.top
+	    - (GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYFRAME) +
+	       GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXPADDEDBORDER)) * 2
+	    - GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYCAPTION)
+#ifdef FEAT_MENU
+	    - gui_mswin_get_menu_height(FALSE)
+#endif
+	);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+	/* Inside another window, don't use the frame and border. */
+	gui_resize_shell(rect.right - rect.left,
+	    rect.bottom - rect.top
+#ifdef FEAT_MENU
+			- gui_mswin_get_menu_height(FALSE)
+#endif
+	);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Set the window title
+ */
+    void
+gui_mch_settitle(
+    char_u  *title,
+    char_u  *icon UNUSED)
+{
+    set_window_title(s_hwnd, (title == NULL ? "VIM" : (char *)title));
+}
+
+#if defined(FEAT_MOUSESHAPE) || defined(PROTO)
+/* Table for shape IDCs.  Keep in sync with the mshape_names[] table in
+ * misc2.c! */
+static LPCSTR mshape_idcs[] =
+{
+    IDC_ARROW,			/* arrow */
+    MAKEINTRESOURCE(0),		/* blank */
+    IDC_IBEAM,			/* beam */
+    IDC_SIZENS,			/* updown */
+    IDC_SIZENS,			/* udsizing */
+    IDC_SIZEWE,			/* leftright */
+    IDC_SIZEWE,			/* lrsizing */
+    IDC_WAIT,			/* busy */
+    IDC_NO,			/* no */
+    IDC_ARROW,			/* crosshair */
+    IDC_ARROW,			/* hand1 */
+    IDC_ARROW,			/* hand2 */
+    IDC_ARROW,			/* pencil */
+    IDC_ARROW,			/* question */
+    IDC_ARROW,			/* right-arrow */
+    IDC_UPARROW,		/* up-arrow */
+    IDC_ARROW			/* last one */
+};
+
+    void
+mch_set_mouse_shape(int shape)
+{
+    LPCSTR idc;
+
+    if (shape == MSHAPE_HIDE)
+	ShowCursor(FALSE);
+    else
+    {
+	if (shape >= MSHAPE_NUMBERED)
+	    idc = IDC_ARROW;
+	else
+	    idc = mshape_idcs[shape];
+#ifdef SetClassLongPtr
+	SetClassLongPtr(s_textArea, GCLP_HCURSOR, (__int3264)(LONG_PTR)LoadCursor(NULL, idc));
+#else
+	SetClassLong(s_textArea, GCL_HCURSOR, (long_u)LoadCursor(NULL, idc));
+#endif
+	if (!p_mh)
+	{
+	    POINT mp;
+
+	    /* Set the position to make it redrawn with the new shape. */
+	    (void)GetCursorPos((LPPOINT)&mp);
+	    (void)SetCursorPos(mp.x, mp.y);
+	    ShowCursor(TRUE);
+	}
+    }
+}
+#endif
+
+#if defined(FEAT_BROWSE) || defined(PROTO)
+/*
+ * Wide version of convert_filter().
+ */
+    static WCHAR *
+convert_filterW(char_u *s)
+{
+    char_u *tmp;
+    int len;
+    WCHAR *res;
+
+    tmp = convert_filter(s);
+    if (tmp == NULL)
+	return NULL;
+    len = (int)STRLEN(s) + 3;
+    res = enc_to_utf16(tmp, &len);
+    vim_free(tmp);
+    return res;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Pop open a file browser and return the file selected, in allocated memory,
+ * or NULL if Cancel is hit.
+ *  saving  - TRUE if the file will be saved to, FALSE if it will be opened.
+ *  title   - Title message for the file browser dialog.
+ *  dflt    - Default name of file.
+ *  ext     - Default extension to be added to files without extensions.
+ *  initdir - directory in which to open the browser (NULL = current dir)
+ *  filter  - Filter for matched files to choose from.
+ */
+    char_u *
+gui_mch_browse(
+	int saving,
+	char_u *title,
+	char_u *dflt,
+	char_u *ext,
+	char_u *initdir,
+	char_u *filter)
+{
+    /* We always use the wide function.  This means enc_to_utf16() must work,
+     * otherwise it fails miserably! */
+    OPENFILENAMEW	fileStruct;
+    WCHAR		fileBuf[MAXPATHL];
+    WCHAR		*wp;
+    int			i;
+    WCHAR		*titlep = NULL;
+    WCHAR		*extp = NULL;
+    WCHAR		*initdirp = NULL;
+    WCHAR		*filterp;
+    char_u		*p, *q;
+
+    if (dflt == NULL)
+	fileBuf[0] = NUL;
+    else
+    {
+	wp = enc_to_utf16(dflt, NULL);
+	if (wp == NULL)
+	    fileBuf[0] = NUL;
+	else
+	{
+	    for (i = 0; wp[i] != NUL && i < MAXPATHL - 1; ++i)
+		fileBuf[i] = wp[i];
+	    fileBuf[i] = NUL;
+	    vim_free(wp);
+	}
+    }
+
+    /* Convert the filter to Windows format. */
+    filterp = convert_filterW(filter);
+
+    vim_memset(&fileStruct, 0, sizeof(OPENFILENAMEW));
+#  ifdef OPENFILENAME_SIZE_VERSION_400W
+    /* be compatible with Windows NT 4.0 */
+    fileStruct.lStructSize = OPENFILENAME_SIZE_VERSION_400W;
+#  else
+    fileStruct.lStructSize = sizeof(fileStruct);
+#  endif
+
+    if (title != NULL)
+	titlep = enc_to_utf16(title, NULL);
+    fileStruct.lpstrTitle = titlep;
+
+    if (ext != NULL)
+	extp = enc_to_utf16(ext, NULL);
+    fileStruct.lpstrDefExt = extp;
+
+    fileStruct.lpstrFile = fileBuf;
+    fileStruct.nMaxFile = MAXPATHL;
+    fileStruct.lpstrFilter = filterp;
+    fileStruct.hwndOwner = s_hwnd;		/* main Vim window is owner*/
+    /* has an initial dir been specified? */
+    if (initdir != NULL && *initdir != NUL)
+    {
+	/* Must have backslashes here, no matter what 'shellslash' says */
+	initdirp = enc_to_utf16(initdir, NULL);
+	if (initdirp != NULL)
+	{
+	    for (wp = initdirp; *wp != NUL; ++wp)
+		if (*wp == '/')
+		    *wp = '\\';
+	}
+	fileStruct.lpstrInitialDir = initdirp;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * TODO: Allow selection of multiple files.  Needs another arg to this
+     * function to ask for it, and need to use OFN_ALLOWMULTISELECT below.
+     * Also, should we use OFN_FILEMUSTEXIST when opening?  Vim can edit on
+     * files that don't exist yet, so I haven't put it in.  What about
+     * OFN_PATHMUSTEXIST?
+     * Don't use OFN_OVERWRITEPROMPT, Vim has its own ":confirm" dialog.
+     */
+    fileStruct.Flags = (OFN_NOCHANGEDIR | OFN_PATHMUSTEXIST | OFN_HIDEREADONLY);
+#  ifdef FEAT_SHORTCUT
+    if (curbuf->b_p_bin)
+	fileStruct.Flags |= OFN_NODEREFERENCELINKS;
+#  endif
+    if (saving)
+    {
+	if (!GetSaveFileNameW(&fileStruct))
+	    return NULL;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+	if (!GetOpenFileNameW(&fileStruct))
+	    return NULL;
+    }
+
+    vim_free(filterp);
+    vim_free(initdirp);
+    vim_free(titlep);
+    vim_free(extp);
+
+    /* Convert from UCS2 to 'encoding'. */
+    p = utf16_to_enc(fileBuf, NULL);
+    if (p == NULL)
+	return NULL;
+
+    /* Give focus back to main window (when using MDI). */
+    SetFocus(s_hwnd);
+
+    /* Shorten the file name if possible */
+    q = vim_strsave(shorten_fname1(p));
+    vim_free(p);
+    return q;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Convert the string s to the proper format for a filter string by replacing
+ * the \t and \n delimiters with \0.
+ * Returns the converted string in allocated memory.
+ *
+ * Keep in sync with convert_filterW() above!
+ */
+    static char_u *
+convert_filter(char_u *s)
+{
+    char_u	*res;
+    unsigned	s_len = (unsigned)STRLEN(s);
+    unsigned	i;
+
+    res = alloc(s_len + 3);
+    if (res != NULL)
+    {
+	for (i = 0; i < s_len; ++i)
+	    if (s[i] == '\t' || s[i] == '\n')
+		res[i] = '\0';
+	    else
+		res[i] = s[i];
+	res[s_len] = NUL;
+	/* Add two extra NULs to make sure it's properly terminated. */
+	res[s_len + 1] = NUL;
+	res[s_len + 2] = NUL;
+    }
+    return res;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Select a directory.
+ */
+    char_u *
+gui_mch_browsedir(char_u *title, char_u *initdir)
+{
+    /* We fake this: Use a filter that doesn't select anything and a default
+     * file name that won't be used. */
+    return gui_mch_browse(0, title, (char_u *)_("Not Used"), NULL,
+			      initdir, (char_u *)_("Directory\t*.nothing\n"));
+}
+#endif /* FEAT_BROWSE */
+
+    static void
+_OnDropFiles(
+    HWND hwnd UNUSED,
+    HDROP hDrop)
+{
+#define BUFPATHLEN _MAX_PATH
+#define DRAGQVAL 0xFFFFFFFF
+    WCHAR   wszFile[BUFPATHLEN];
+    char    szFile[BUFPATHLEN];
+    UINT    cFiles = DragQueryFile(hDrop, DRAGQVAL, NULL, 0);
+    UINT    i;
+    char_u  **fnames;
+    POINT   pt;
+    int_u   modifiers = 0;
+
+    /* TRACE("_OnDropFiles: %d files dropped\n", cFiles); */
+
+    /* Obtain dropped position */
+    DragQueryPoint(hDrop, &pt);
+    MapWindowPoints(s_hwnd, s_textArea, &pt, 1);
+
+    reset_VIsual();
+
+    fnames = (char_u **)alloc(cFiles * sizeof(char_u *));
+
+    if (fnames != NULL)
+	for (i = 0; i < cFiles; ++i)
+	{
+	    if (DragQueryFileW(hDrop, i, wszFile, BUFPATHLEN) > 0)
+		fnames[i] = utf16_to_enc(wszFile, NULL);
+	    else
+	    {
+		DragQueryFile(hDrop, i, szFile, BUFPATHLEN);
+		fnames[i] = vim_strsave((char_u *)szFile);
+	    }
+	}
+
+    DragFinish(hDrop);
+
+    if (fnames != NULL)
+    {
+	if ((GetKeyState(VK_SHIFT) & 0x8000) != 0)
+	    modifiers |= MOUSE_SHIFT;
+	if ((GetKeyState(VK_CONTROL) & 0x8000) != 0)
+	    modifiers |= MOUSE_CTRL;
+	if ((GetKeyState(VK_MENU) & 0x8000) != 0)
+	    modifiers |= MOUSE_ALT;
+
+	gui_handle_drop(pt.x, pt.y, modifiers, fnames, cFiles);
+
+	s_need_activate = TRUE;
+    }
+}
+
+    static int
+_OnScroll(
+    HWND hwnd UNUSED,
+    HWND hwndCtl,
+    UINT code,
+    int pos)
+{
+    static UINT	prev_code = 0;   /* code of previous call */
+    scrollbar_T *sb, *sb_info;
+    long	val;
+    int		dragging = FALSE;
+    int		dont_scroll_save = dont_scroll;
+    SCROLLINFO	si;
+
+    si.cbSize = sizeof(si);
+    si.fMask = SIF_POS;
+
+    sb = gui_mswin_find_scrollbar(hwndCtl);
+    if (sb == NULL)
+	return 0;
+
+    if (sb->wp != NULL)		/* Left or right scrollbar */
+    {
+	/*
+	 * Careful: need to get scrollbar info out of first (left) scrollbar
+	 * for window, but keep real scrollbar too because we must pass it to
+	 * gui_drag_scrollbar().
+	 */
+	sb_info = &sb->wp->w_scrollbars[0];
+    }
+    else	    /* Bottom scrollbar */
+	sb_info = sb;
+    val = sb_info->value;
+
+    switch (code)
+    {
+	case SB_THUMBTRACK:
+	    val = pos;
+	    dragging = TRUE;
+	    if (sb->scroll_shift > 0)
+		val <<= sb->scroll_shift;
+	    break;
+	case SB_LINEDOWN:
+	    val++;
+	    break;
+	case SB_LINEUP:
+	    val--;
+	    break;
+	case SB_PAGEDOWN:
+	    val += (sb_info->size > 2 ? sb_info->size - 2 : 1);
+	    break;
+	case SB_PAGEUP:
+	    val -= (sb_info->size > 2 ? sb_info->size - 2 : 1);
+	    break;
+	case SB_TOP:
+	    val = 0;
+	    break;
+	case SB_BOTTOM:
+	    val = sb_info->max;
+	    break;
+	case SB_ENDSCROLL:
+	    if (prev_code == SB_THUMBTRACK)
+	    {
+		/*
+		 * "pos" only gives us 16-bit data.  In case of large file,
+		 * use GetScrollPos() which returns 32-bit.  Unfortunately it
+		 * is not valid while the scrollbar is being dragged.
+		 */
+		val = GetScrollPos(hwndCtl, SB_CTL);
+		if (sb->scroll_shift > 0)
+		    val <<= sb->scroll_shift;
+	    }
+	    break;
+
+	default:
+	    /* TRACE("Unknown scrollbar event %d\n", code); */
+	    return 0;
+    }
+    prev_code = code;
+
+    si.nPos = (sb->scroll_shift > 0) ? val >> sb->scroll_shift : val;
+    SetScrollInfo(hwndCtl, SB_CTL, &si, TRUE);
+
+    /*
+     * When moving a vertical scrollbar, move the other vertical scrollbar too.
+     */
+    if (sb->wp != NULL)
+    {
+	scrollbar_T *sba = sb->wp->w_scrollbars;
+	HWND    id = sba[ (sb == sba + SBAR_LEFT) ? SBAR_RIGHT : SBAR_LEFT].id;
+
+	SetScrollInfo(id, SB_CTL, &si, TRUE);
+    }
+
+    /* Don't let us be interrupted here by another message. */
+    s_busy_processing = TRUE;
+
+    /* When "allow_scrollbar" is FALSE still need to remember the new
+     * position, but don't actually scroll by setting "dont_scroll". */
+    dont_scroll = !allow_scrollbar;
+
+    mch_disable_flush();
+    gui_drag_scrollbar(sb, val, dragging);
+    mch_enable_flush();
+    gui_may_flush();
+
+    s_busy_processing = FALSE;
+    dont_scroll = dont_scroll_save;
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Get command line arguments.
+ * Use "prog" as the name of the program and "cmdline" as the arguments.
+ * Copy the arguments to allocated memory.
+ * Return the number of arguments (including program name).
+ * Return pointers to the arguments in "argvp".  Memory is allocated with
+ * malloc(), use free() instead of vim_free().
+ * Return pointer to buffer in "tofree".
+ * Returns zero when out of memory.
+ */
+    int
+get_cmd_args(char *prog, char *cmdline, char ***argvp, char **tofree)
+{
+    int		i;
+    char	*p;
+    char	*progp;
+    char	*pnew = NULL;
+    char	*newcmdline;
+    int		inquote;
+    int		argc;
+    char	**argv = NULL;
+    int		round;
+
+    *tofree = NULL;
+
+    /* Try using the Unicode version first, it takes care of conversion when
+     * 'encoding' is changed. */
+    argc = get_cmd_argsW(&argv);
+    if (argc != 0)
+	goto done;
+
+    /* Handle the program name.  Remove the ".exe" extension, and find the 1st
+     * non-space. */
+    p = strrchr(prog, '.');
+    if (p != NULL)
+	*p = NUL;
+    for (progp = prog; *progp == ' '; ++progp)
+	;
+
+    /* The command line is copied to allocated memory, so that we can change
+     * it.  Add the size of the string, the separating NUL and a terminating
+     * NUL. */
+    newcmdline = malloc(STRLEN(cmdline) + STRLEN(progp) + 2);
+    if (newcmdline == NULL)
+	return 0;
+
+    /*
+     * First round: count the number of arguments ("pnew" == NULL).
+     * Second round: produce the arguments.
+     */
+    for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
+    {
+	/* First argument is the program name. */
+	if (pnew != NULL)
+	{
+	    argv[0] = pnew;
+	    strcpy(pnew, progp);
+	    pnew += strlen(pnew);
+	    *pnew++ = NUL;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Isolate each argument and put it in argv[].
+	 */
+	p = cmdline;
+	argc = 1;
+	while (*p != NUL)
+	{
+	    inquote = FALSE;
+	    if (pnew != NULL)
+		argv[argc] = pnew;
+	    ++argc;
+	    while (*p != NUL && (inquote || (*p != ' ' && *p != '\t')))
+	    {
+		/* Backslashes are only special when followed by a double
+		 * quote. */
+		i = (int)strspn(p, "\\");
+		if (p[i] == '"')
+		{
+		    /* Halve the number of backslashes. */
+		    if (i > 1 && pnew != NULL)
+		    {
+			vim_memset(pnew, '\\', i / 2);
+			pnew += i / 2;
+		    }
+
+		    /* Even nr of backslashes toggles quoting, uneven copies
+		     * the double quote. */
+		    if ((i & 1) == 0)
+			inquote = !inquote;
+		    else if (pnew != NULL)
+			*pnew++ = '"';
+		    p += i + 1;
+		}
+		else if (i > 0)
+		{
+		    /* Copy span of backslashes unmodified. */
+		    if (pnew != NULL)
+		    {
+			vim_memset(pnew, '\\', i);
+			pnew += i;
+		    }
+		    p += i;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+		    if (pnew != NULL)
+			*pnew++ = *p;
+		    /* Can't use mb_* functions, because 'encoding' is not
+		     * initialized yet here. */
+		    if (IsDBCSLeadByte(*p))
+		    {
+			++p;
+			if (pnew != NULL)
+			    *pnew++ = *p;
+		    }
+		    ++p;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    if (pnew != NULL)
+		*pnew++ = NUL;
+	    while (*p == ' ' || *p == '\t')
+		++p;		    /* advance until a non-space */
+	}
+
+	if (round == 1)
+	{
+	    argv = (char **)malloc((argc + 1) * sizeof(char *));
+	    if (argv == NULL )
+	    {
+		free(newcmdline);
+		return 0;		   /* malloc error */
+	    }
+	    pnew = newcmdline;
+	    *tofree = newcmdline;
+	}
+    }
+
+done:
+    argv[argc] = NULL;		/* NULL-terminated list */
+    *argvp = argv;
+    return argc;
+}
+
+#ifdef FEAT_XPM_W32
+# include "xpm_w32.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef PROTO
+# define WINAPI
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __MINGW32__
+/*
+ * Add a lot of missing defines.
+ * They are not always missing, we need the #ifndef's.
+ */
+# ifndef _cdecl
+#  define _cdecl
+# endif
+# ifndef IsMinimized
+#  define     IsMinimized(hwnd)		IsIconic(hwnd)
+# endif
+# ifndef IsMaximized
+#  define     IsMaximized(hwnd)		IsZoomed(hwnd)
+# endif
+# ifndef SelectFont
+#  define     SelectFont(hdc, hfont)  ((HFONT)SelectObject((hdc), (HGDIOBJ)(HFONT)(hfont)))
+# endif
+# ifndef GetStockBrush
+#  define     GetStockBrush(i)     ((HBRUSH)GetStockObject(i))
+# endif
+# ifndef DeleteBrush
+#  define     DeleteBrush(hbr)     DeleteObject((HGDIOBJ)(HBRUSH)(hbr))
+# endif
+
+# ifndef HANDLE_WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK
+#  define HANDLE_WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK(hwnd, wParam, lParam, fn) \
+    ((fn)((hwnd), TRUE, (int)(short)LOWORD(lParam), (int)(short)HIWORD(lParam), (UINT)(wParam)), 0L)
+# endif
+# ifndef HANDLE_WM_MBUTTONUP
+#  define HANDLE_WM_MBUTTONUP(hwnd, wParam, lParam, fn) \
+    ((fn)((hwnd), (int)(short)LOWORD(lParam), (int)(short)HIWORD(lParam), (UINT)(wParam)), 0L)
+# endif
+# ifndef HANDLE_WM_MBUTTONDBLCLK
+#  define HANDLE_WM_MBUTTONDBLCLK(hwnd, wParam, lParam, fn) \
+    ((fn)((hwnd), TRUE, (int)(short)LOWORD(lParam), (int)(short)HIWORD(lParam), (UINT)(wParam)), 0L)
+# endif
+# ifndef HANDLE_WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK
+#  define HANDLE_WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK(hwnd, wParam, lParam, fn) \
+    ((fn)((hwnd), TRUE, (int)(short)LOWORD(lParam), (int)(short)HIWORD(lParam), (UINT)(wParam)), 0L)
+# endif
+# ifndef HANDLE_WM_RBUTTONDOWN
+#  define HANDLE_WM_RBUTTONDOWN(hwnd, wParam, lParam, fn) \
+    ((fn)((hwnd), FALSE, (int)(short)LOWORD(lParam), (int)(short)HIWORD(lParam), (UINT)(wParam)), 0L)
+# endif
+# ifndef HANDLE_WM_MOUSEMOVE
+#  define HANDLE_WM_MOUSEMOVE(hwnd, wParam, lParam, fn) \
+    ((fn)((hwnd), (int)(short)LOWORD(lParam), (int)(short)HIWORD(lParam), (UINT)(wParam)), 0L)
+# endif
+# ifndef HANDLE_WM_RBUTTONUP
+#  define HANDLE_WM_RBUTTONUP(hwnd, wParam, lParam, fn) \
+    ((fn)((hwnd), (int)(short)LOWORD(lParam), (int)(short)HIWORD(lParam), (UINT)(wParam)), 0L)
+# endif
+# ifndef HANDLE_WM_MBUTTONDOWN
+#  define HANDLE_WM_MBUTTONDOWN(hwnd, wParam, lParam, fn) \
+    ((fn)((hwnd), FALSE, (int)(short)LOWORD(lParam), (int)(short)HIWORD(lParam), (UINT)(wParam)), 0L)
+# endif
+# ifndef HANDLE_WM_LBUTTONUP
+#  define HANDLE_WM_LBUTTONUP(hwnd, wParam, lParam, fn) \
+    ((fn)((hwnd), (int)(short)LOWORD(lParam), (int)(short)HIWORD(lParam), (UINT)(wParam)), 0L)
+# endif
+# ifndef HANDLE_WM_LBUTTONDOWN
+#  define HANDLE_WM_LBUTTONDOWN(hwnd, wParam, lParam, fn) \
+    ((fn)((hwnd), FALSE, (int)(short)LOWORD(lParam), (int)(short)HIWORD(lParam), (UINT)(wParam)), 0L)
+# endif
+# ifndef HANDLE_WM_SYSCHAR
+#  define HANDLE_WM_SYSCHAR(hwnd, wParam, lParam, fn) \
+    ((fn)((hwnd), (TCHAR)(wParam), (int)(short)LOWORD(lParam)), 0L)
+# endif
+# ifndef HANDLE_WM_ACTIVATEAPP
+#  define HANDLE_WM_ACTIVATEAPP(hwnd, wParam, lParam, fn) \
+    ((fn)((hwnd), (BOOL)(wParam), (DWORD)(lParam)), 0L)
+# endif
+# ifndef HANDLE_WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGING
+#  define HANDLE_WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGING(hwnd, wParam, lParam, fn) \
+    (LRESULT)(DWORD)(BOOL)(fn)((hwnd), (LPWINDOWPOS)(lParam))
+# endif
+# ifndef HANDLE_WM_VSCROLL
+#  define HANDLE_WM_VSCROLL(hwnd, wParam, lParam, fn) \
+    ((fn)((hwnd), (HWND)(lParam), (UINT)(LOWORD(wParam)),  (int)(short)HIWORD(wParam)), 0L)
+# endif
+# ifndef HANDLE_WM_SETFOCUS
+#  define HANDLE_WM_SETFOCUS(hwnd, wParam, lParam, fn) \
+    ((fn)((hwnd), (HWND)(wParam)), 0L)
+# endif
+# ifndef HANDLE_WM_KILLFOCUS
+#  define HANDLE_WM_KILLFOCUS(hwnd, wParam, lParam, fn) \
+    ((fn)((hwnd), (HWND)(wParam)), 0L)
+# endif
+# ifndef HANDLE_WM_HSCROLL
+#  define HANDLE_WM_HSCROLL(hwnd, wParam, lParam, fn) \
+    ((fn)((hwnd), (HWND)(lParam), (UINT)(LOWORD(wParam)), (int)(short)HIWORD(wParam)), 0L)
+# endif
+# ifndef HANDLE_WM_DROPFILES
+#  define HANDLE_WM_DROPFILES(hwnd, wParam, lParam, fn) \
+    ((fn)((hwnd), (HDROP)(wParam)), 0L)
+# endif
+# ifndef HANDLE_WM_CHAR
+#  define HANDLE_WM_CHAR(hwnd, wParam, lParam, fn) \
+    ((fn)((hwnd), (TCHAR)(wParam), (int)(short)LOWORD(lParam)), 0L)
+# endif
+# ifndef HANDLE_WM_SYSDEADCHAR
+#  define HANDLE_WM_SYSDEADCHAR(hwnd, wParam, lParam, fn) \
+    ((fn)((hwnd), (TCHAR)(wParam), (int)(short)LOWORD(lParam)), 0L)
+# endif
+# ifndef HANDLE_WM_DEADCHAR
+#  define HANDLE_WM_DEADCHAR(hwnd, wParam, lParam, fn) \
+    ((fn)((hwnd), (TCHAR)(wParam), (int)(short)LOWORD(lParam)), 0L)
+# endif
+#endif /* __MINGW32__ */
+
+
+/* Some parameters for tearoff menus.  All in pixels. */
+#define TEAROFF_PADDING_X	2
+#define TEAROFF_BUTTON_PAD_X	8
+#define TEAROFF_MIN_WIDTH	200
+#define TEAROFF_SUBMENU_LABEL	">>"
+#define TEAROFF_COLUMN_PADDING	3	// # spaces to pad column with.
+
+
+/* For the Intellimouse: */
+#ifndef WM_MOUSEWHEEL
+#define WM_MOUSEWHEEL	0x20a
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_GUI
+# define ID_BEVAL_TOOLTIP   200
+# define BEVAL_TEXT_LEN	    MAXPATHL
+
+#if (defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER < 1300) || !defined(MAXULONG_PTR)
+/* Work around old versions of basetsd.h which wrongly declares
+ * UINT_PTR as unsigned long. */
+# undef  UINT_PTR
+# define UINT_PTR UINT
+#endif
+
+static BalloonEval  *cur_beval = NULL;
+static UINT_PTR	    BevalTimerId = 0;
+static DWORD	    LastActivity = 0;
+
+
+/* cproto fails on missing include files */
+#ifndef PROTO
+
+/*
+ * excerpts from headers since this may not be presented
+ * in the extremely old compilers
+ */
+# include <pshpack1.h>
+
+#endif
+
+typedef struct _DllVersionInfo
+{
+    DWORD cbSize;
+    DWORD dwMajorVersion;
+    DWORD dwMinorVersion;
+    DWORD dwBuildNumber;
+    DWORD dwPlatformID;
+} DLLVERSIONINFO;
+
+#ifndef PROTO
+# include <poppack.h>
+#endif
+
+typedef struct tagTOOLINFOA_NEW
+{
+    UINT       cbSize;
+    UINT       uFlags;
+    HWND       hwnd;
+    UINT_PTR   uId;
+    RECT       rect;
+    HINSTANCE  hinst;
+    LPSTR      lpszText;
+    LPARAM     lParam;
+} TOOLINFO_NEW;
+
+typedef struct tagNMTTDISPINFO_NEW
+{
+    NMHDR      hdr;
+    LPSTR      lpszText;
+    char       szText[80];
+    HINSTANCE  hinst;
+    UINT       uFlags;
+    LPARAM     lParam;
+} NMTTDISPINFO_NEW;
+
+typedef struct tagTOOLINFOW_NEW
+{
+    UINT       cbSize;
+    UINT       uFlags;
+    HWND       hwnd;
+    UINT_PTR   uId;
+    RECT       rect;
+    HINSTANCE  hinst;
+    LPWSTR     lpszText;
+    LPARAM     lParam;
+    void       *lpReserved;
+} TOOLINFOW_NEW;
+
+typedef struct tagNMTTDISPINFOW_NEW
+{
+    NMHDR      hdr;
+    LPWSTR     lpszText;
+    WCHAR      szText[80];
+    HINSTANCE  hinst;
+    UINT       uFlags;
+    LPARAM     lParam;
+} NMTTDISPINFOW_NEW;
+
+
+typedef HRESULT (WINAPI* DLLGETVERSIONPROC)(DLLVERSIONINFO *);
+#ifndef TTM_SETMAXTIPWIDTH
+# define TTM_SETMAXTIPWIDTH	(WM_USER+24)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef TTF_DI_SETITEM
+# define TTF_DI_SETITEM		0x8000
+#endif
+
+#ifndef TTN_GETDISPINFO
+# define TTN_GETDISPINFO	(TTN_FIRST - 0)
+#endif
+
+#endif /* defined(FEAT_BEVAL_GUI) */
+
+#if defined(FEAT_TOOLBAR) || defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE)
+/* Older MSVC compilers don't have LPNMTTDISPINFO[AW] thus we need to define
+ * it here if LPNMTTDISPINFO isn't defined.
+ * MingW doesn't define LPNMTTDISPINFO but typedefs it.  Thus we need to check
+ * _MSC_VER. */
+# if !defined(LPNMTTDISPINFO) && defined(_MSC_VER)
+typedef struct tagNMTTDISPINFOA {
+    NMHDR	hdr;
+    LPSTR	lpszText;
+    char	szText[80];
+    HINSTANCE	hinst;
+    UINT	uFlags;
+    LPARAM	lParam;
+} NMTTDISPINFOA, *LPNMTTDISPINFOA;
+#  define LPNMTTDISPINFO LPNMTTDISPINFOA
+
+typedef struct tagNMTTDISPINFOW {
+    NMHDR	hdr;
+    LPWSTR	lpszText;
+    WCHAR	szText[80];
+    HINSTANCE	hinst;
+    UINT	uFlags;
+    LPARAM	lParam;
+} NMTTDISPINFOW, *LPNMTTDISPINFOW;
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef TTN_GETDISPINFOW
+# define TTN_GETDISPINFOW	(TTN_FIRST - 10)
+#endif
+
+/* Local variables: */
+
+#ifdef FEAT_MENU
+static UINT	s_menu_id = 100;
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Use the system font for dialogs and tear-off menus.  Remove this line to
+ * use DLG_FONT_NAME.
+ */
+#define USE_SYSMENU_FONT
+
+#define VIM_NAME	"vim"
+#define VIM_CLASS	"Vim"
+#define VIM_CLASSW	L"Vim"
+
+/* Initial size for the dialog template.  For gui_mch_dialog() it's fixed,
+ * thus there should be room for every dialog.  For tearoffs it's made bigger
+ * when needed. */
+#define DLG_ALLOC_SIZE 16 * 1024
+
+/*
+ * stuff for dialogs, menus, tearoffs etc.
+ */
+static PWORD
+add_dialog_element(
+	PWORD p,
+	DWORD lStyle,
+	WORD x,
+	WORD y,
+	WORD w,
+	WORD h,
+	WORD Id,
+	WORD clss,
+	const char *caption);
+static LPWORD lpwAlign(LPWORD);
+static int nCopyAnsiToWideChar(LPWORD, LPSTR, BOOL);
+#if defined(FEAT_MENU) && defined(FEAT_TEAROFF)
+static void gui_mch_tearoff(char_u *title, vimmenu_T *menu, int initX, int initY);
+#endif
+static void get_dialog_font_metrics(void);
+
+static int dialog_default_button = -1;
+
+/* Intellimouse support */
+static int mouse_scroll_lines = 0;
+
+static int	s_usenewlook;	    /* emulate W95/NT4 non-bold dialogs */
+#ifdef FEAT_TOOLBAR
+static void initialise_toolbar(void);
+static LRESULT CALLBACK toolbar_wndproc(HWND hwnd, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
+static int get_toolbar_bitmap(vimmenu_T *menu);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE
+static void initialise_tabline(void);
+static LRESULT CALLBACK tabline_wndproc(HWND hwnd, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE_IME
+static LRESULT _OnImeComposition(HWND hwnd, WPARAM dbcs, LPARAM param);
+static char_u *GetResultStr(HWND hwnd, int GCS, int *lenp);
+#endif
+#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE_IME) && defined(DYNAMIC_IME)
+# ifdef NOIME
+typedef struct tagCOMPOSITIONFORM {
+    DWORD dwStyle;
+    POINT ptCurrentPos;
+    RECT  rcArea;
+} COMPOSITIONFORM, *PCOMPOSITIONFORM, NEAR *NPCOMPOSITIONFORM, FAR *LPCOMPOSITIONFORM;
+typedef HANDLE HIMC;
+# endif
+
+static HINSTANCE hLibImm = NULL;
+static LONG (WINAPI *pImmGetCompositionStringA)(HIMC, DWORD, LPVOID, DWORD);
+static LONG (WINAPI *pImmGetCompositionStringW)(HIMC, DWORD, LPVOID, DWORD);
+static HIMC (WINAPI *pImmGetContext)(HWND);
+static HIMC (WINAPI *pImmAssociateContext)(HWND, HIMC);
+static BOOL (WINAPI *pImmReleaseContext)(HWND, HIMC);
+static BOOL (WINAPI *pImmGetOpenStatus)(HIMC);
+static BOOL (WINAPI *pImmSetOpenStatus)(HIMC, BOOL);
+static BOOL (WINAPI *pImmGetCompositionFont)(HIMC, LPLOGFONTA);
+static BOOL (WINAPI *pImmSetCompositionFont)(HIMC, LPLOGFONTA);
+static BOOL (WINAPI *pImmSetCompositionWindow)(HIMC, LPCOMPOSITIONFORM);
+static BOOL (WINAPI *pImmGetConversionStatus)(HIMC, LPDWORD, LPDWORD);
+static BOOL (WINAPI *pImmSetConversionStatus)(HIMC, DWORD, DWORD);
+static void dyn_imm_load(void);
+#else
+# define pImmGetCompositionStringA ImmGetCompositionStringA
+# define pImmGetCompositionStringW ImmGetCompositionStringW
+# define pImmGetContext		  ImmGetContext
+# define pImmAssociateContext	  ImmAssociateContext
+# define pImmReleaseContext	  ImmReleaseContext
+# define pImmGetOpenStatus	  ImmGetOpenStatus
+# define pImmSetOpenStatus	  ImmSetOpenStatus
+# define pImmGetCompositionFont   ImmGetCompositionFontA
+# define pImmSetCompositionFont   ImmSetCompositionFontA
+# define pImmSetCompositionWindow ImmSetCompositionWindow
+# define pImmGetConversionStatus  ImmGetConversionStatus
+# define pImmSetConversionStatus  ImmSetConversionStatus
+#endif
+
+#ifdef FEAT_MENU
+/*
+ * Figure out how high the menu bar is at the moment.
+ */
+    static int
+gui_mswin_get_menu_height(
+    int	    fix_window)	    /* If TRUE, resize window if menu height changed */
+{
+    static int	old_menu_height = -1;
+
+    RECT    rc1, rc2;
+    int	    num;
+    int	    menu_height;
+
+    if (gui.menu_is_active)
+	num = GetMenuItemCount(s_menuBar);
+    else
+	num = 0;
+
+    if (num == 0)
+	menu_height = 0;
+    else if (IsMinimized(s_hwnd))
+    {
+	/* The height of the menu cannot be determined while the window is
+	 * minimized.  Take the previous height if the menu is changed in that
+	 * state, to avoid that Vim's vertical window size accidentally
+	 * increases due to the unaccounted-for menu height. */
+	menu_height = old_menu_height == -1 ? 0 : old_menu_height;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+	/*
+	 * In case 'lines' is set in _vimrc/_gvimrc window width doesn't
+	 * seem to have been set yet, so menu wraps in default window
+	 * width which is very narrow.  Instead just return height of a
+	 * single menu item.  Will still be wrong when the menu really
+	 * should wrap over more than one line.
+	 */
+	GetMenuItemRect(s_hwnd, s_menuBar, 0, &rc1);
+	if (gui.starting)
+	    menu_height = rc1.bottom - rc1.top + 1;
+	else
+	{
+	    GetMenuItemRect(s_hwnd, s_menuBar, num - 1, &rc2);
+	    menu_height = rc2.bottom - rc1.top + 1;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (fix_window && menu_height != old_menu_height)
+    {
+	gui_set_shellsize(FALSE, FALSE, RESIZE_VERT);
+    }
+    old_menu_height = menu_height;
+
+    return menu_height;
+}
+#endif /*FEAT_MENU*/
+
+
+/*
+ * Setup for the Intellimouse
+ */
+    static void
+init_mouse_wheel(void)
+{
+
+#ifndef SPI_GETWHEELSCROLLLINES
+# define SPI_GETWHEELSCROLLLINES    104
+#endif
+#ifndef SPI_SETWHEELSCROLLLINES
+# define SPI_SETWHEELSCROLLLINES    105
+#endif
+
+#define VMOUSEZ_CLASSNAME  "MouseZ"		/* hidden wheel window class */
+#define VMOUSEZ_TITLE      "Magellan MSWHEEL"	/* hidden wheel window title */
+#define VMSH_MOUSEWHEEL    "MSWHEEL_ROLLMSG"
+#define VMSH_SCROLL_LINES  "MSH_SCROLL_LINES_MSG"
+
+    mouse_scroll_lines = 3;	/* reasonable default */
+
+    /* if NT 4.0+ (or Win98) get scroll lines directly from system */
+    SystemParametersInfo(SPI_GETWHEELSCROLLLINES, 0,
+	    &mouse_scroll_lines, 0);
+}
+
+
+/* Intellimouse wheel handler */
+    static void
+_OnMouseWheel(
+    HWND hwnd,
+    short zDelta)
+{
+/* Treat a mouse wheel event as if it were a scroll request */
+    int i;
+    int size;
+    HWND hwndCtl;
+
+    if (curwin->w_scrollbars[SBAR_RIGHT].id != 0)
+    {
+	hwndCtl = curwin->w_scrollbars[SBAR_RIGHT].id;
+	size = curwin->w_scrollbars[SBAR_RIGHT].size;
+    }
+    else if (curwin->w_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT].id != 0)
+    {
+	hwndCtl = curwin->w_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT].id;
+	size = curwin->w_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT].size;
+    }
+    else
+	return;
+
+    size = curwin->w_height;
+    if (mouse_scroll_lines == 0)
+	init_mouse_wheel();
+
+    mch_disable_flush();
+    if (mouse_scroll_lines > 0
+	    && mouse_scroll_lines < (size > 2 ? size - 2 : 1))
+    {
+	for (i = mouse_scroll_lines; i > 0; --i)
+	    _OnScroll(hwnd, hwndCtl, zDelta >= 0 ? SB_LINEUP : SB_LINEDOWN, 0);
+    }
+    else
+	_OnScroll(hwnd, hwndCtl, zDelta >= 0 ? SB_PAGEUP : SB_PAGEDOWN, 0);
+    mch_enable_flush();
+    gui_may_flush();
+}
+
+#ifdef USE_SYSMENU_FONT
+/*
+ * Get Menu Font.
+ * Return OK or FAIL.
+ */
+    static int
+gui_w32_get_menu_font(LOGFONT *lf)
+{
+    NONCLIENTMETRICS nm;
+
+    nm.cbSize = sizeof(NONCLIENTMETRICS);
+    if (!SystemParametersInfo(
+	    SPI_GETNONCLIENTMETRICS,
+	    sizeof(NONCLIENTMETRICS),
+	    &nm,
+	    0))
+	return FAIL;
+    *lf = nm.lfMenuFont;
+    return OK;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) && defined(USE_SYSMENU_FONT)
+/*
+ * Set the GUI tabline font to the system menu font
+ */
+    static void
+set_tabline_font(void)
+{
+    LOGFONT	lfSysmenu;
+    HFONT	font;
+    HWND	hwnd;
+    HDC		hdc;
+    HFONT	hfntOld;
+    TEXTMETRIC	tm;
+
+    if (gui_w32_get_menu_font(&lfSysmenu) != OK)
+	return;
+
+    font = CreateFontIndirect(&lfSysmenu);
+
+    SendMessage(s_tabhwnd, WM_SETFONT, (WPARAM)font, TRUE);
+
+    /*
+     * Compute the height of the font used for the tab text
+     */
+    hwnd = GetDesktopWindow();
+    hdc = GetWindowDC(hwnd);
+    hfntOld = SelectFont(hdc, font);
+
+    GetTextMetrics(hdc, &tm);
+
+    SelectFont(hdc, hfntOld);
+    ReleaseDC(hwnd, hdc);
+
+    /*
+     * The space used by the tab border and the space between the tab label
+     * and the tab border is included as 7.
+     */
+    gui.tabline_height = tm.tmHeight + tm.tmInternalLeading + 7;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Invoked when a setting was changed.
+ */
+    static LRESULT CALLBACK
+_OnSettingChange(UINT n)
+{
+    if (n == SPI_SETWHEELSCROLLLINES)
+	SystemParametersInfo(SPI_GETWHEELSCROLLLINES, 0,
+		&mouse_scroll_lines, 0);
+#if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) && defined(USE_SYSMENU_FONT)
+    if (n == SPI_SETNONCLIENTMETRICS)
+	set_tabline_font();
+#endif
+    return 0;
+}
+
+#ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
+    static void
+_OnWindowPosChanged(
+    HWND hwnd,
+    const LPWINDOWPOS lpwpos)
+{
+    static int x = 0, y = 0, cx = 0, cy = 0;
+    extern int WSInitialized;
+
+    if (WSInitialized && (lpwpos->x != x || lpwpos->y != y
+				     || lpwpos->cx != cx || lpwpos->cy != cy))
+    {
+	x = lpwpos->x;
+	y = lpwpos->y;
+	cx = lpwpos->cx;
+	cy = lpwpos->cy;
+	netbeans_frame_moved(x, y);
+    }
+    /* Allow to send WM_SIZE and WM_MOVE */
+    FORWARD_WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED(hwnd, lpwpos, MyWindowProc);
+}
+#endif
+
+    static int
+_DuringSizing(
+    UINT fwSide,
+    LPRECT lprc)
+{
+    int	    w, h;
+    int	    valid_w, valid_h;
+    int	    w_offset, h_offset;
+
+    w = lprc->right - lprc->left;
+    h = lprc->bottom - lprc->top;
+    gui_mswin_get_valid_dimensions(w, h, &valid_w, &valid_h);
+    w_offset = w - valid_w;
+    h_offset = h - valid_h;
+
+    if (fwSide == WMSZ_LEFT || fwSide == WMSZ_TOPLEFT
+			    || fwSide == WMSZ_BOTTOMLEFT)
+	lprc->left += w_offset;
+    else if (fwSide == WMSZ_RIGHT || fwSide == WMSZ_TOPRIGHT
+			    || fwSide == WMSZ_BOTTOMRIGHT)
+	lprc->right -= w_offset;
+
+    if (fwSide == WMSZ_TOP || fwSide == WMSZ_TOPLEFT
+			    || fwSide == WMSZ_TOPRIGHT)
+	lprc->top += h_offset;
+    else if (fwSide == WMSZ_BOTTOM || fwSide == WMSZ_BOTTOMLEFT
+			    || fwSide == WMSZ_BOTTOMRIGHT)
+	lprc->bottom -= h_offset;
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+
+    static LRESULT CALLBACK
+_WndProc(
+    HWND hwnd,
+    UINT uMsg,
+    WPARAM wParam,
+    LPARAM lParam)
+{
+    /*
+    TRACE("WndProc: hwnd = %08x, msg = %x, wParam = %x, lParam = %x\n",
+	  hwnd, uMsg, wParam, lParam);
+    */
+
+    HandleMouseHide(uMsg, lParam);
+
+    s_uMsg = uMsg;
+    s_wParam = wParam;
+    s_lParam = lParam;
+
+    switch (uMsg)
+    {
+	HANDLE_MSG(hwnd, WM_DEADCHAR,	_OnDeadChar);
+	HANDLE_MSG(hwnd, WM_SYSDEADCHAR, _OnDeadChar);
+	/* HANDLE_MSG(hwnd, WM_ACTIVATE,    _OnActivate); */
+	HANDLE_MSG(hwnd, WM_CLOSE,	_OnClose);
+	/* HANDLE_MSG(hwnd, WM_COMMAND,	_OnCommand); */
+	HANDLE_MSG(hwnd, WM_DESTROY,	_OnDestroy);
+	HANDLE_MSG(hwnd, WM_DROPFILES,	_OnDropFiles);
+	HANDLE_MSG(hwnd, WM_HSCROLL,	_OnScroll);
+	HANDLE_MSG(hwnd, WM_KILLFOCUS,	_OnKillFocus);
+#ifdef FEAT_MENU
+	HANDLE_MSG(hwnd, WM_COMMAND,	_OnMenu);
+#endif
+	/* HANDLE_MSG(hwnd, WM_MOVE,	    _OnMove); */
+	/* HANDLE_MSG(hwnd, WM_NCACTIVATE,  _OnNCActivate); */
+	HANDLE_MSG(hwnd, WM_SETFOCUS,	_OnSetFocus);
+	HANDLE_MSG(hwnd, WM_SIZE,	_OnSize);
+	/* HANDLE_MSG(hwnd, WM_SYSCOMMAND,  _OnSysCommand); */
+	/* HANDLE_MSG(hwnd, WM_SYSKEYDOWN,  _OnAltKey); */
+	HANDLE_MSG(hwnd, WM_VSCROLL,	_OnScroll);
+	// HANDLE_MSG(hwnd, WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGING,	_OnWindowPosChanging);
+	HANDLE_MSG(hwnd, WM_ACTIVATEAPP, _OnActivateApp);
+#ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
+	HANDLE_MSG(hwnd, WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED, _OnWindowPosChanged);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE
+	case WM_RBUTTONUP:
+	{
+	    if (gui_mch_showing_tabline())
+	    {
+		POINT pt;
+		RECT rect;
+
+		/*
+		 * If the cursor is on the tabline, display the tab menu
+		 */
+		GetCursorPos((LPPOINT)&pt);
+		GetWindowRect(s_textArea, &rect);
+		if (pt.y < rect.top)
+		{
+		    show_tabline_popup_menu();
+		    return 0L;
+		}
+	    }
+	    return MyWindowProc(hwnd, uMsg, wParam, lParam);
+	}
+	case WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK:
+	{
+	    /*
+	     * If the user double clicked the tabline, create a new tab
+	     */
+	    if (gui_mch_showing_tabline())
+	    {
+		POINT pt;
+		RECT rect;
+
+		GetCursorPos((LPPOINT)&pt);
+		GetWindowRect(s_textArea, &rect);
+		if (pt.y < rect.top)
+		    send_tabline_menu_event(0, TABLINE_MENU_NEW);
+	    }
+	    return MyWindowProc(hwnd, uMsg, wParam, lParam);
+	}
+#endif
+
+    case WM_QUERYENDSESSION:	/* System wants to go down. */
+	gui_shell_closed();	/* Will exit when no changed buffers. */
+	return FALSE;		/* Do NOT allow system to go down. */
+
+    case WM_ENDSESSION:
+	if (wParam)	/* system only really goes down when wParam is TRUE */
+	{
+	    _OnEndSession();
+	    return 0L;
+	}
+	break;
+
+    case WM_CHAR:
+	/* Don't use HANDLE_MSG() for WM_CHAR, it truncates wParam to a single
+	 * byte while we want the UTF-16 character value. */
+	_OnChar(hwnd, (UINT)wParam, (int)(short)LOWORD(lParam));
+	return 0L;
+
+    case WM_SYSCHAR:
+	/*
+	 * if 'winaltkeys' is "no", or it's "menu" and it's not a menu
+	 * shortcut key, handle like a typed ALT key, otherwise call Windows
+	 * ALT key handling.
+	 */
+#ifdef FEAT_MENU
+	if (	!gui.menu_is_active
+		|| p_wak[0] == 'n'
+		|| (p_wak[0] == 'm' && !gui_is_menu_shortcut((int)wParam))
+		)
+#endif
+	{
+	    _OnSysChar(hwnd, (UINT)wParam, (int)(short)LOWORD(lParam));
+	    return 0L;
+	}
+#ifdef FEAT_MENU
+	else
+	    return MyWindowProc(hwnd, uMsg, wParam, lParam);
+#endif
+
+    case WM_SYSKEYUP:
+#ifdef FEAT_MENU
+	/* This used to be done only when menu is active: ALT key is used for
+	 * that.  But that caused problems when menu is disabled and using
+	 * Alt-Tab-Esc: get into a strange state where no mouse-moved events
+	 * are received, mouse pointer remains hidden. */
+	return MyWindowProc(hwnd, uMsg, wParam, lParam);
+#else
+	return 0L;
+#endif
+
+    case WM_SIZING:	/* HANDLE_MSG doesn't seem to handle this one */
+	return _DuringSizing((UINT)wParam, (LPRECT)lParam);
+
+    case WM_MOUSEWHEEL:
+	_OnMouseWheel(hwnd, HIWORD(wParam));
+	return 0L;
+
+	/* Notification for change in SystemParametersInfo() */
+    case WM_SETTINGCHANGE:
+	return _OnSettingChange((UINT)wParam);
+
+#if defined(FEAT_TOOLBAR) || defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE)
+    case WM_NOTIFY:
+	switch (((LPNMHDR) lParam)->code)
+	{
+	    case TTN_GETDISPINFOW:
+	    case TTN_GETDISPINFO:
+		{
+		    LPNMHDR		hdr = (LPNMHDR)lParam;
+		    char_u		*str = NULL;
+		    static void		*tt_text = NULL;
+
+		    VIM_CLEAR(tt_text);
+
+# ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE
+		    if (gui_mch_showing_tabline()
+			   && hdr->hwndFrom == TabCtrl_GetToolTips(s_tabhwnd))
+		    {
+			POINT		pt;
+			/*
+			 * Mouse is over the GUI tabline. Display the
+			 * tooltip for the tab under the cursor
+			 *
+			 * Get the cursor position within the tab control
+			 */
+			GetCursorPos(&pt);
+			if (ScreenToClient(s_tabhwnd, &pt) != 0)
+			{
+			    TCHITTESTINFO htinfo;
+			    int idx;
+
+			    /*
+			     * Get the tab under the cursor
+			     */
+			    htinfo.pt.x = pt.x;
+			    htinfo.pt.y = pt.y;
+			    idx = TabCtrl_HitTest(s_tabhwnd, &htinfo);
+			    if (idx != -1)
+			    {
+				tabpage_T *tp;
+
+				tp = find_tabpage(idx + 1);
+				if (tp != NULL)
+				{
+				    get_tabline_label(tp, TRUE);
+				    str = NameBuff;
+				}
+			    }
+			}
+		    }
+# endif
+# ifdef FEAT_TOOLBAR
+#  ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE
+		    else
+#  endif
+		    {
+			UINT		idButton;
+			vimmenu_T	*pMenu;
+
+			idButton = (UINT) hdr->idFrom;
+			pMenu = gui_mswin_find_menu(root_menu, idButton);
+			if (pMenu)
+			    str = pMenu->strings[MENU_INDEX_TIP];
+		    }
+# endif
+		    if (str != NULL)
+		    {
+			if (hdr->code == TTN_GETDISPINFOW)
+			{
+			    LPNMTTDISPINFOW	lpdi = (LPNMTTDISPINFOW)lParam;
+
+			    /* Set the maximum width, this also enables using
+			     * \n for line break. */
+			    SendMessage(lpdi->hdr.hwndFrom, TTM_SETMAXTIPWIDTH,
+								      0, 500);
+
+			    tt_text = enc_to_utf16(str, NULL);
+			    lpdi->lpszText = tt_text;
+			    /* can't show tooltip if failed */
+			}
+			else
+			{
+			    LPNMTTDISPINFO	lpdi = (LPNMTTDISPINFO)lParam;
+
+			    /* Set the maximum width, this also enables using
+			     * \n for line break. */
+			    SendMessage(lpdi->hdr.hwndFrom, TTM_SETMAXTIPWIDTH,
+								      0, 500);
+
+			    if (STRLEN(str) < sizeof(lpdi->szText)
+				    || ((tt_text = vim_strsave(str)) == NULL))
+				vim_strncpy((char_u *)lpdi->szText, str,
+						sizeof(lpdi->szText) - 1);
+			    else
+				lpdi->lpszText = tt_text;
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+		break;
+# ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE
+	    case TCN_SELCHANGE:
+		if (gui_mch_showing_tabline()
+				  && ((LPNMHDR)lParam)->hwndFrom == s_tabhwnd)
+		{
+		    send_tabline_event(TabCtrl_GetCurSel(s_tabhwnd) + 1);
+		    return 0L;
+		}
+		break;
+
+	    case NM_RCLICK:
+		if (gui_mch_showing_tabline()
+			&& ((LPNMHDR)lParam)->hwndFrom == s_tabhwnd)
+		{
+		    show_tabline_popup_menu();
+		    return 0L;
+		}
+		break;
+# endif
+	    default:
+# ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE
+		if (gui_mch_showing_tabline()
+				  && ((LPNMHDR)lParam)->hwndFrom == s_tabhwnd)
+		    return MyWindowProc(hwnd, uMsg, wParam, lParam);
+# endif
+		break;
+	}
+	break;
+#endif
+#if defined(MENUHINTS) && defined(FEAT_MENU)
+    case WM_MENUSELECT:
+	if (((UINT) HIWORD(wParam)
+		    & (0xffff ^ (MF_MOUSESELECT + MF_BITMAP + MF_POPUP)))
+		== MF_HILITE
+		&& (State & CMDLINE) == 0)
+	{
+	    UINT	idButton;
+	    vimmenu_T	*pMenu;
+	    static int	did_menu_tip = FALSE;
+
+	    if (did_menu_tip)
+	    {
+		msg_clr_cmdline();
+		setcursor();
+		out_flush();
+		did_menu_tip = FALSE;
+	    }
+
+	    idButton = (UINT)LOWORD(wParam);
+	    pMenu = gui_mswin_find_menu(root_menu, idButton);
+	    if (pMenu != NULL && pMenu->strings[MENU_INDEX_TIP] != 0
+		    && GetMenuState(s_menuBar, pMenu->id, MF_BYCOMMAND) != -1)
+	    {
+		++msg_hist_off;
+		msg((char *)pMenu->strings[MENU_INDEX_TIP]);
+		--msg_hist_off;
+		setcursor();
+		out_flush();
+		did_menu_tip = TRUE;
+	    }
+	    return 0L;
+	}
+	break;
+#endif
+    case WM_NCHITTEST:
+	{
+	    LRESULT	result;
+	    int		x, y;
+	    int		xPos = GET_X_LPARAM(lParam);
+
+	    result = MyWindowProc(hwnd, uMsg, wParam, lParam);
+	    if (result == HTCLIENT)
+	    {
+#ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE
+		if (gui_mch_showing_tabline())
+		{
+		    int  yPos = GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam);
+		    RECT rct;
+
+		    /* If the cursor is on the GUI tabline, don't process this
+		     * event */
+		    GetWindowRect(s_textArea, &rct);
+		    if (yPos < rct.top)
+			return result;
+		}
+#endif
+		(void)gui_mch_get_winpos(&x, &y);
+		xPos -= x;
+
+		if (xPos < 48) /* <VN> TODO should use system metric? */
+		    return HTBOTTOMLEFT;
+		else
+		    return HTBOTTOMRIGHT;
+	    }
+	    else
+		return result;
+	}
+	/* break; notreached */
+
+#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE_IME
+    case WM_IME_NOTIFY:
+	if (!_OnImeNotify(hwnd, (DWORD)wParam, (DWORD)lParam))
+	    return MyWindowProc(hwnd, uMsg, wParam, lParam);
+	return 1L;
+
+    case WM_IME_COMPOSITION:
+	if (!_OnImeComposition(hwnd, wParam, lParam))
+	    return MyWindowProc(hwnd, uMsg, wParam, lParam);
+	return 1L;
+#endif
+
+    default:
+#ifdef MSWIN_FIND_REPLACE
+	if (uMsg == s_findrep_msg && s_findrep_msg != 0)
+	{
+	    _OnFindRepl();
+	}
+#endif
+	return MyWindowProc(hwnd, uMsg, wParam, lParam);
+    }
+
+    return DefWindowProc(hwnd, uMsg, wParam, lParam);
+}
+
+/*
+ * End of call-back routines
+ */
+
+/* parent window, if specified with -P */
+HWND vim_parent_hwnd = NULL;
+
+    static BOOL CALLBACK
+FindWindowTitle(HWND hwnd, LPARAM lParam)
+{
+    char	buf[2048];
+    char	*title = (char *)lParam;
+
+    if (GetWindowText(hwnd, buf, sizeof(buf)))
+    {
+	if (strstr(buf, title) != NULL)
+	{
+	    /* Found it.  Store the window ref. and quit searching if MDI
+	     * works. */
+	    vim_parent_hwnd = FindWindowEx(hwnd, NULL, "MDIClient", NULL);
+	    if (vim_parent_hwnd != NULL)
+		return FALSE;
+	}
+    }
+    return TRUE;	/* continue searching */
+}
+
+/*
+ * Invoked for '-P "title"' argument: search for parent application to open
+ * our window in.
+ */
+    void
+gui_mch_set_parent(char *title)
+{
+    EnumWindows(FindWindowTitle, (LPARAM)title);
+    if (vim_parent_hwnd == NULL)
+    {
+	semsg(_("E671: Cannot find window title \"%s\""), title);
+	mch_exit(2);
+    }
+}
+
+#ifndef FEAT_OLE
+    static void
+ole_error(char *arg)
+{
+    char buf[IOSIZE];
+
+    /* Can't use emsg() here, we have not finished initialisation yet. */
+    vim_snprintf(buf, IOSIZE,
+	    _("E243: Argument not supported: \"-%s\"; Use the OLE version."),
+	    arg);
+    mch_errmsg(buf);
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Parse the GUI related command-line arguments.  Any arguments used are
+ * deleted from argv, and *argc is decremented accordingly.  This is called
+ * when vim is started, whether or not the GUI has been started.
+ */
+    void
+gui_mch_prepare(int *argc, char **argv)
+{
+    int		silent = FALSE;
+    int		idx;
+
+    /* Check for special OLE command line parameters */
+    if ((*argc == 2 || *argc == 3) && (argv[1][0] == '-' || argv[1][0] == '/'))
+    {
+	/* Check for a "-silent" argument first. */
+	if (*argc == 3 && STRICMP(argv[1] + 1, "silent") == 0
+		&& (argv[2][0] == '-' || argv[2][0] == '/'))
+	{
+	    silent = TRUE;
+	    idx = 2;
+	}
+	else
+	    idx = 1;
+
+	/* Register Vim as an OLE Automation server */
+	if (STRICMP(argv[idx] + 1, "register") == 0)
+	{
+#ifdef FEAT_OLE
+	    RegisterMe(silent);
+	    mch_exit(0);
+#else
+	    if (!silent)
+		ole_error("register");
+	    mch_exit(2);
+#endif
+	}
+
+	/* Unregister Vim as an OLE Automation server */
+	if (STRICMP(argv[idx] + 1, "unregister") == 0)
+	{
+#ifdef FEAT_OLE
+	    UnregisterMe(!silent);
+	    mch_exit(0);
+#else
+	    if (!silent)
+		ole_error("unregister");
+	    mch_exit(2);
+#endif
+	}
+
+	/* Ignore an -embedding argument. It is only relevant if the
+	 * application wants to treat the case when it is started manually
+	 * differently from the case where it is started via automation (and
+	 * we don't).
+	 */
+	if (STRICMP(argv[idx] + 1, "embedding") == 0)
+	{
+#ifdef FEAT_OLE
+	    *argc = 1;
+#else
+	    ole_error("embedding");
+	    mch_exit(2);
+#endif
+	}
+    }
+
+#ifdef FEAT_OLE
+    {
+	int	bDoRestart = FALSE;
+
+	InitOLE(&bDoRestart);
+	/* automatically exit after registering */
+	if (bDoRestart)
+	    mch_exit(0);
+    }
+#endif
+
+#ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
+    {
+	/* stolen from gui_x11.c */
+	int arg;
+
+	for (arg = 1; arg < *argc; arg++)
+	    if (strncmp("-nb", argv[arg], 3) == 0)
+	    {
+		netbeansArg = argv[arg];
+		mch_memmove(&argv[arg], &argv[arg + 1],
+					    (--*argc - arg) * sizeof(char *));
+		argv[*argc] = NULL;
+		break;	/* enough? */
+	    }
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+ * Initialise the GUI.	Create all the windows, set up all the call-backs
+ * etc.
+ */
+    int
+gui_mch_init(void)
+{
+    const char szVimWndClass[] = VIM_CLASS;
+    const char szTextAreaClass[] = "VimTextArea";
+    WNDCLASS wndclass;
+    const WCHAR szVimWndClassW[] = VIM_CLASSW;
+    const WCHAR szTextAreaClassW[] = L"VimTextArea";
+    WNDCLASSW wndclassw;
+#ifdef GLOBAL_IME
+    ATOM	atom;
+#endif
+
+    /* Return here if the window was already opened (happens when
+     * gui_mch_dialog() is called early). */
+    if (s_hwnd != NULL)
+	goto theend;
+
+    /*
+     * Load the tearoff bitmap
+     */
+#ifdef FEAT_TEAROFF
+    s_htearbitmap = LoadBitmap(s_hinst, "IDB_TEAROFF");
+#endif
+
+    gui.scrollbar_width = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXVSCROLL);
+    gui.scrollbar_height = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYHSCROLL);
+#ifdef FEAT_MENU
+    gui.menu_height = 0;	/* Windows takes care of this */
+#endif
+    gui.border_width = 0;
+
+    s_brush = CreateSolidBrush(GetSysColor(COLOR_BTNFACE));
+
+    /* First try using the wide version, so that we can use any title.
+     * Otherwise only characters in the active codepage will work. */
+    if (GetClassInfoW(s_hinst, szVimWndClassW, &wndclassw) == 0)
+    {
+	wndclassw.style = CS_DBLCLKS;
+	wndclassw.lpfnWndProc = _WndProc;
+	wndclassw.cbClsExtra = 0;
+	wndclassw.cbWndExtra = 0;
+	wndclassw.hInstance = s_hinst;
+	wndclassw.hIcon = LoadIcon(wndclassw.hInstance, "IDR_VIM");
+	wndclassw.hCursor = LoadCursor(NULL, IDC_ARROW);
+	wndclassw.hbrBackground = s_brush;
+	wndclassw.lpszMenuName = NULL;
+	wndclassw.lpszClassName = szVimWndClassW;
+
+	if ((
+#ifdef GLOBAL_IME
+		    atom =
+#endif
+		    RegisterClassW(&wndclassw)) == 0)
+	    return FAIL;
+	else
+	    wide_WindowProc = TRUE;
+    }
+
+    if (!wide_WindowProc)
+	if (GetClassInfo(s_hinst, szVimWndClass, &wndclass) == 0)
+	{
+	    wndclass.style = CS_DBLCLKS;
+	    wndclass.lpfnWndProc = _WndProc;
+	    wndclass.cbClsExtra = 0;
+	    wndclass.cbWndExtra = 0;
+	    wndclass.hInstance = s_hinst;
+	    wndclass.hIcon = LoadIcon(wndclass.hInstance, "IDR_VIM");
+	    wndclass.hCursor = LoadCursor(NULL, IDC_ARROW);
+	    wndclass.hbrBackground = s_brush;
+	    wndclass.lpszMenuName = NULL;
+	    wndclass.lpszClassName = szVimWndClass;
+
+	    if ((
+#ifdef GLOBAL_IME
+			atom =
+#endif
+			RegisterClass(&wndclass)) == 0)
+		return FAIL;
+	}
+
+    if (vim_parent_hwnd != NULL)
+    {
+#ifdef HAVE_TRY_EXCEPT
+	__try
+	{
+#endif
+	    /* Open inside the specified parent window.
+	     * TODO: last argument should point to a CLIENTCREATESTRUCT
+	     * structure. */
+	    s_hwnd = CreateWindowEx(
+		WS_EX_MDICHILD,
+		szVimWndClass, "Vim MSWindows GUI",
+		WS_OVERLAPPEDWINDOW | WS_CHILD
+				 | WS_CLIPSIBLINGS | WS_CLIPCHILDREN | 0xC000,
+		gui_win_x == -1 ? CW_USEDEFAULT : gui_win_x,
+		gui_win_y == -1 ? CW_USEDEFAULT : gui_win_y,
+		100,				/* Any value will do */
+		100,				/* Any value will do */
+		vim_parent_hwnd, NULL,
+		s_hinst, NULL);
+#ifdef HAVE_TRY_EXCEPT
+	}
+	__except(EXCEPTION_EXECUTE_HANDLER)
+	{
+	    /* NOP */
+	}
+#endif
+	if (s_hwnd == NULL)
+	{
+	    emsg(_("E672: Unable to open window inside MDI application"));
+	    mch_exit(2);
+	}
+    }
+    else
+    {
+	/* If the provided windowid is not valid reset it to zero, so that it
+	 * is ignored and we open our own window. */
+	if (IsWindow((HWND)win_socket_id) <= 0)
+	    win_socket_id = 0;
+
+	/* Create a window.  If win_socket_id is not zero without border and
+	 * titlebar, it will be reparented below. */
+	s_hwnd = CreateWindow(
+		szVimWndClass, "Vim MSWindows GUI",
+		(win_socket_id == 0 ? WS_OVERLAPPEDWINDOW : WS_POPUP)
+					  | WS_CLIPSIBLINGS | WS_CLIPCHILDREN,
+		gui_win_x == -1 ? CW_USEDEFAULT : gui_win_x,
+		gui_win_y == -1 ? CW_USEDEFAULT : gui_win_y,
+		100,				/* Any value will do */
+		100,				/* Any value will do */
+		NULL, NULL,
+		s_hinst, NULL);
+	if (s_hwnd != NULL && win_socket_id != 0)
+	{
+	    SetParent(s_hwnd, (HWND)win_socket_id);
+	    ShowWindow(s_hwnd, SW_SHOWMAXIMIZED);
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (s_hwnd == NULL)
+	return FAIL;
+
+#ifdef GLOBAL_IME
+    global_ime_init(atom, s_hwnd);
+#endif
+#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE_IME) && defined(DYNAMIC_IME)
+    dyn_imm_load();
+#endif
+
+    /* Create the text area window */
+    if (wide_WindowProc)
+    {
+	if (GetClassInfoW(s_hinst, szTextAreaClassW, &wndclassw) == 0)
+	{
+	    wndclassw.style = CS_OWNDC;
+	    wndclassw.lpfnWndProc = _TextAreaWndProc;
+	    wndclassw.cbClsExtra = 0;
+	    wndclassw.cbWndExtra = 0;
+	    wndclassw.hInstance = s_hinst;
+	    wndclassw.hIcon = NULL;
+	    wndclassw.hCursor = LoadCursor(NULL, IDC_ARROW);
+	    wndclassw.hbrBackground = NULL;
+	    wndclassw.lpszMenuName = NULL;
+	    wndclassw.lpszClassName = szTextAreaClassW;
+
+	    if (RegisterClassW(&wndclassw) == 0)
+		return FAIL;
+	}
+
+	s_textArea = CreateWindowExW(
+	    0,
+	    szTextAreaClassW, L"Vim text area",
+	    WS_CHILD | WS_VISIBLE, 0, 0,
+	    100,				// Any value will do for now
+	    100,				// Any value will do for now
+	    s_hwnd, NULL,
+	    s_hinst, NULL);
+    }
+    else if (GetClassInfo(s_hinst, szTextAreaClass, &wndclass) == 0)
+    {
+	wndclass.style = CS_OWNDC;
+	wndclass.lpfnWndProc = _TextAreaWndProc;
+	wndclass.cbClsExtra = 0;
+	wndclass.cbWndExtra = 0;
+	wndclass.hInstance = s_hinst;
+	wndclass.hIcon = NULL;
+	wndclass.hCursor = LoadCursor(NULL, IDC_ARROW);
+	wndclass.hbrBackground = NULL;
+	wndclass.lpszMenuName = NULL;
+	wndclass.lpszClassName = szTextAreaClass;
+
+	if (RegisterClass(&wndclass) == 0)
+	    return FAIL;
+
+	s_textArea = CreateWindowEx(
+	    0,
+	    szTextAreaClass, "Vim text area",
+	    WS_CHILD | WS_VISIBLE, 0, 0,
+	    100,				// Any value will do for now
+	    100,				// Any value will do for now
+	    s_hwnd, NULL,
+	    s_hinst, NULL);
+    }
+
+    if (s_textArea == NULL)
+	return FAIL;
+
+#ifdef FEAT_LIBCALL
+    /* Try loading an icon from $RUNTIMEPATH/bitmaps/vim.ico. */
+    {
+	HANDLE	hIcon = NULL;
+
+	if (mch_icon_load(&hIcon) == OK && hIcon != NULL)
+	    SendMessage(s_hwnd, WM_SETICON, ICON_SMALL, (LPARAM)hIcon);
+    }
+#endif
+
+#ifdef FEAT_MENU
+    s_menuBar = CreateMenu();
+#endif
+    s_hdc = GetDC(s_textArea);
+
+    DragAcceptFiles(s_hwnd, TRUE);
+
+    /* Do we need to bother with this? */
+    /* m_fMouseAvail = GetSystemMetrics(SM_MOUSEPRESENT); */
+
+    /* Get background/foreground colors from the system */
+    gui_mch_def_colors();
+
+    /* Get the colors from the "Normal" group (set in syntax.c or in a vimrc
+     * file) */
+    set_normal_colors();
+
+    /*
+     * Check that none of the colors are the same as the background color.
+     * Then store the current values as the defaults.
+     */
+    gui_check_colors();
+    gui.def_norm_pixel = gui.norm_pixel;
+    gui.def_back_pixel = gui.back_pixel;
+
+    /* Get the colors for the highlight groups (gui_check_colors() might have
+     * changed them) */
+    highlight_gui_started();
+
+    /*
+     * Start out by adding the configured border width into the border offset.
+     */
+    gui.border_offset = gui.border_width;
+
+    /*
+     * Set up for Intellimouse processing
+     */
+    init_mouse_wheel();
+
+    /*
+     * compute a couple of metrics used for the dialogs
+     */
+    get_dialog_font_metrics();
+#ifdef FEAT_TOOLBAR
+    /*
+     * Create the toolbar
+     */
+    initialise_toolbar();
+#endif
+#ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE
+    /*
+     * Create the tabline
+     */
+    initialise_tabline();
+#endif
+#ifdef MSWIN_FIND_REPLACE
+    /*
+     * Initialise the dialog box stuff
+     */
+    s_findrep_msg = RegisterWindowMessage(FINDMSGSTRING);
+
+    /* Initialise the struct */
+    s_findrep_struct.lStructSize = sizeof(s_findrep_struct);
+    s_findrep_struct.lpstrFindWhat = (LPSTR)alloc(MSWIN_FR_BUFSIZE);
+    s_findrep_struct.lpstrFindWhat[0] = NUL;
+    s_findrep_struct.lpstrReplaceWith = (LPSTR)alloc(MSWIN_FR_BUFSIZE);
+    s_findrep_struct.lpstrReplaceWith[0] = NUL;
+    s_findrep_struct.wFindWhatLen = MSWIN_FR_BUFSIZE;
+    s_findrep_struct.wReplaceWithLen = MSWIN_FR_BUFSIZE;
+    s_findrep_struct_w.lStructSize = sizeof(s_findrep_struct_w);
+    s_findrep_struct_w.lpstrFindWhat =
+			      (LPWSTR)alloc(MSWIN_FR_BUFSIZE * sizeof(WCHAR));
+    s_findrep_struct_w.lpstrFindWhat[0] = NUL;
+    s_findrep_struct_w.lpstrReplaceWith =
+			      (LPWSTR)alloc(MSWIN_FR_BUFSIZE * sizeof(WCHAR));
+    s_findrep_struct_w.lpstrReplaceWith[0] = NUL;
+    s_findrep_struct_w.wFindWhatLen = MSWIN_FR_BUFSIZE;
+    s_findrep_struct_w.wReplaceWithLen = MSWIN_FR_BUFSIZE;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
+# if !defined(_MSC_VER) || (_MSC_VER < 1400)
+/* Define HandleToLong for old MS and non-MS compilers if not defined. */
+#  ifndef HandleToLong
+#   define HandleToLong(h) ((long)(intptr_t)(h))
+#  endif
+# endif
+    /* set the v:windowid variable */
+    set_vim_var_nr(VV_WINDOWID, HandleToLong(s_hwnd));
+#endif
+
+#ifdef FEAT_RENDER_OPTIONS
+    if (p_rop)
+	(void)gui_mch_set_rendering_options(p_rop);
+#endif
+
+theend:
+    /* Display any pending error messages */
+    display_errors();
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Get the size of the screen, taking position on multiple monitors into
+ * account (if supported).
+ */
+    static void
+get_work_area(RECT *spi_rect)
+{
+    HMONITOR	    mon;
+    MONITORINFO	    moninfo;
+
+    /* work out which monitor the window is on, and get *its* work area */
+    mon = MonitorFromWindow(s_hwnd, MONITOR_DEFAULTTOPRIMARY);
+    if (mon != NULL)
+    {
+	moninfo.cbSize = sizeof(MONITORINFO);
+	if (GetMonitorInfo(mon, &moninfo))
+	{
+	    *spi_rect = moninfo.rcWork;
+	    return;
+	}
+    }
+    /* this is the old method... */
+    SystemParametersInfo(SPI_GETWORKAREA, 0, spi_rect, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Set the size of the window to the given width and height in pixels.
+ */
+    void
+gui_mch_set_shellsize(
+	int width,
+	int height,
+	int min_width UNUSED,
+	int min_height UNUSED,
+	int base_width UNUSED,
+	int base_height UNUSED,
+	int direction)
+{
+    RECT	workarea_rect;
+    int		win_width, win_height;
+    WINDOWPLACEMENT wndpl;
+
+    /* Try to keep window completely on screen. */
+    /* Get position of the screen work area.  This is the part that is not
+     * used by the taskbar or appbars. */
+    get_work_area(&workarea_rect);
+
+    /* Get current position of our window.  Note that the .left and .top are
+     * relative to the work area.  */
+    wndpl.length = sizeof(WINDOWPLACEMENT);
+    GetWindowPlacement(s_hwnd, &wndpl);
+
+    /* Resizing a maximized window looks very strange, unzoom it first.
+     * But don't do it when still starting up, it may have been requested in
+     * the shortcut. */
+    if (wndpl.showCmd == SW_SHOWMAXIMIZED && starting == 0)
+    {
+	ShowWindow(s_hwnd, SW_SHOWNORMAL);
+	/* Need to get the settings of the normal window. */
+	GetWindowPlacement(s_hwnd, &wndpl);
+    }
+
+    /* compute the size of the outside of the window */
+    win_width = width + (GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXFRAME) +
+			 GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXPADDEDBORDER)) * 2;
+    win_height = height + (GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYFRAME) +
+			   GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXPADDEDBORDER)) * 2
+			+ GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYCAPTION)
+#ifdef FEAT_MENU
+			+ gui_mswin_get_menu_height(FALSE)
+#endif
+			;
+
+    /* The following should take care of keeping Vim on the same monitor, no
+     * matter if the secondary monitor is left or right of the primary
+     * monitor. */
+    wndpl.rcNormalPosition.right = wndpl.rcNormalPosition.left + win_width;
+    wndpl.rcNormalPosition.bottom = wndpl.rcNormalPosition.top + win_height;
+
+    /* If the window is going off the screen, move it on to the screen. */
+    if ((direction & RESIZE_HOR)
+	    && wndpl.rcNormalPosition.right > workarea_rect.right)
+	OffsetRect(&wndpl.rcNormalPosition,
+		workarea_rect.right - wndpl.rcNormalPosition.right, 0);
+
+    if ((direction & RESIZE_HOR)
+	    && wndpl.rcNormalPosition.left < workarea_rect.left)
+	OffsetRect(&wndpl.rcNormalPosition,
+		workarea_rect.left - wndpl.rcNormalPosition.left, 0);
+
+    if ((direction & RESIZE_VERT)
+	    && wndpl.rcNormalPosition.bottom > workarea_rect.bottom)
+	OffsetRect(&wndpl.rcNormalPosition,
+		0, workarea_rect.bottom - wndpl.rcNormalPosition.bottom);
+
+    if ((direction & RESIZE_VERT)
+	    && wndpl.rcNormalPosition.top < workarea_rect.top)
+	OffsetRect(&wndpl.rcNormalPosition,
+		0, workarea_rect.top - wndpl.rcNormalPosition.top);
+
+    /* set window position - we should use SetWindowPlacement rather than
+     * SetWindowPos as the MSDN docs say the coord systems returned by
+     * these two are not compatible. */
+    SetWindowPlacement(s_hwnd, &wndpl);
+
+    SetActiveWindow(s_hwnd);
+    SetFocus(s_hwnd);
+
+#ifdef FEAT_MENU
+    /* Menu may wrap differently now */
+    gui_mswin_get_menu_height(!gui.starting);
+#endif
+}
+
+
+    void
+gui_mch_set_scrollbar_thumb(
+    scrollbar_T *sb,
+    long	val,
+    long	size,
+    long	max)
+{
+    SCROLLINFO	info;
+
+    sb->scroll_shift = 0;
+    while (max > 32767)
+    {
+	max = (max + 1) >> 1;
+	val  >>= 1;
+	size >>= 1;
+	++sb->scroll_shift;
+    }
+
+    if (sb->scroll_shift > 0)
+	++size;
+
+    info.cbSize = sizeof(info);
+    info.fMask = SIF_POS | SIF_RANGE | SIF_PAGE;
+    info.nPos = val;
+    info.nMin = 0;
+    info.nMax = max;
+    info.nPage = size;
+    SetScrollInfo(sb->id, SB_CTL, &info, TRUE);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Set the current text font.
+ */
+    void
+gui_mch_set_font(GuiFont font)
+{
+    gui.currFont = font;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Set the current text foreground color.
+ */
+    void
+gui_mch_set_fg_color(guicolor_T color)
+{
+    gui.currFgColor = color;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Set the current text background color.
+ */
+    void
+gui_mch_set_bg_color(guicolor_T color)
+{
+    gui.currBgColor = color;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Set the current text special color.
+ */
+    void
+gui_mch_set_sp_color(guicolor_T color)
+{
+    gui.currSpColor = color;
+}
+
+#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE_IME
+/*
+ * Multi-byte handling, originally by Sung-Hoon Baek.
+ * First static functions (no prototypes generated).
+ */
+# ifdef _MSC_VER
+#  include <ime.h>   /* Apparently not needed for Cygwin, MingW or Borland. */
+# endif
+# include <imm.h>
+
+/*
+ * handle WM_IME_NOTIFY message
+ */
+    static LRESULT
+_OnImeNotify(HWND hWnd, DWORD dwCommand, DWORD dwData UNUSED)
+{
+    LRESULT lResult = 0;
+    HIMC hImc;
+
+    if (!pImmGetContext || (hImc = pImmGetContext(hWnd)) == (HIMC)0)
+	return lResult;
+    switch (dwCommand)
+    {
+	case IMN_SETOPENSTATUS:
+	    if (pImmGetOpenStatus(hImc))
+	    {
+		pImmSetCompositionFont(hImc, &norm_logfont);
+		im_set_position(gui.row, gui.col);
+
+		/* Disable langmap */
+		State &= ~LANGMAP;
+		if (State & INSERT)
+		{
+#if defined(FEAT_KEYMAP)
+		    /* Unshown 'keymap' in status lines */
+		    if (curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_LMAP)
+		    {
+			/* Save cursor position */
+			int old_row = gui.row;
+			int old_col = gui.col;
+
+			// This must be called here before
+			// status_redraw_curbuf(), otherwise the mode
+			// message may appear in the wrong position.
+			showmode();
+			status_redraw_curbuf();
+			update_screen(0);
+			/* Restore cursor position */
+			gui.row = old_row;
+			gui.col = old_col;
+		    }
+#endif
+		}
+	    }
+	    gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
+	    gui_mch_flush();
+	    lResult = 0;
+	    break;
+    }
+    pImmReleaseContext(hWnd, hImc);
+    return lResult;
+}
+
+    static LRESULT
+_OnImeComposition(HWND hwnd, WPARAM dbcs UNUSED, LPARAM param)
+{
+    char_u	*ret;
+    int		len;
+
+    if ((param & GCS_RESULTSTR) == 0) /* Composition unfinished. */
+	return 0;
+
+    ret = GetResultStr(hwnd, GCS_RESULTSTR, &len);
+    if (ret != NULL)
+    {
+	add_to_input_buf_csi(ret, len);
+	vim_free(ret);
+	return 1;
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * get the current composition string, in UCS-2; *lenp is the number of
+ * *lenp is the number of Unicode characters.
+ */
+    static short_u *
+GetCompositionString_inUCS2(HIMC hIMC, DWORD GCS, int *lenp)
+{
+    LONG	    ret;
+    LPWSTR	    wbuf = NULL;
+    char_u	    *buf;
+
+    if (!pImmGetContext)
+	return NULL; /* no imm32.dll */
+
+    /* Try Unicode; this'll always work on NT regardless of codepage. */
+    ret = pImmGetCompositionStringW(hIMC, GCS, NULL, 0);
+    if (ret == 0)
+	return NULL; /* empty */
+
+    if (ret > 0)
+    {
+	/* Allocate the requested buffer plus space for the NUL character. */
+	wbuf = (LPWSTR)alloc(ret + sizeof(WCHAR));
+	if (wbuf != NULL)
+	{
+	    pImmGetCompositionStringW(hIMC, GCS, wbuf, ret);
+	    *lenp = ret / sizeof(WCHAR);
+	}
+	return (short_u *)wbuf;
+    }
+
+    /* ret < 0; we got an error, so try the ANSI version.  This'll work
+     * on 9x/ME, but only if the codepage happens to be set to whatever
+     * we're inputting. */
+    ret = pImmGetCompositionStringA(hIMC, GCS, NULL, 0);
+    if (ret <= 0)
+	return NULL; /* empty or error */
+
+    buf = alloc(ret);
+    if (buf == NULL)
+	return NULL;
+    pImmGetCompositionStringA(hIMC, GCS, buf, ret);
+
+    /* convert from codepage to UCS-2 */
+    MultiByteToWideChar_alloc(GetACP(), 0, (LPCSTR)buf, ret, &wbuf, lenp);
+    vim_free(buf);
+
+    return (short_u *)wbuf;
+}
+
+/*
+ * void GetResultStr()
+ *
+ * This handles WM_IME_COMPOSITION with GCS_RESULTSTR flag on.
+ * get complete composition string
+ */
+    static char_u *
+GetResultStr(HWND hwnd, int GCS, int *lenp)
+{
+    HIMC	hIMC;		/* Input context handle. */
+    short_u	*buf = NULL;
+    char_u	*convbuf = NULL;
+
+    if (!pImmGetContext || (hIMC = pImmGetContext(hwnd)) == (HIMC)0)
+	return NULL;
+
+    /* Reads in the composition string. */
+    buf = GetCompositionString_inUCS2(hIMC, GCS, lenp);
+    if (buf == NULL)
+	return NULL;
+
+    convbuf = utf16_to_enc(buf, lenp);
+    pImmReleaseContext(hwnd, hIMC);
+    vim_free(buf);
+    return convbuf;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* For global functions we need prototypes. */
+#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE_IME) || defined(PROTO)
+
+/*
+ * set font to IM.
+ */
+    void
+im_set_font(LOGFONT *lf)
+{
+    HIMC hImc;
+
+    if (pImmGetContext && (hImc = pImmGetContext(s_hwnd)) != (HIMC)0)
+    {
+	pImmSetCompositionFont(hImc, lf);
+	pImmReleaseContext(s_hwnd, hImc);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Notify cursor position to IM.
+ */
+    void
+im_set_position(int row, int col)
+{
+    HIMC hImc;
+
+    if (pImmGetContext && (hImc = pImmGetContext(s_hwnd)) != (HIMC)0)
+    {
+	COMPOSITIONFORM	cfs;
+
+	cfs.dwStyle = CFS_POINT;
+	cfs.ptCurrentPos.x = FILL_X(col);
+	cfs.ptCurrentPos.y = FILL_Y(row);
+	MapWindowPoints(s_textArea, s_hwnd, &cfs.ptCurrentPos, 1);
+	pImmSetCompositionWindow(hImc, &cfs);
+
+	pImmReleaseContext(s_hwnd, hImc);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Set IM status on ("active" is TRUE) or off ("active" is FALSE).
+ */
+    void
+im_set_active(int active)
+{
+    HIMC	hImc;
+    static HIMC	hImcOld = (HIMC)0;
+
+    if (pImmGetContext)	    /* if NULL imm32.dll wasn't loaded (yet) */
+    {
+	if (p_imdisable)
+	{
+	    if (hImcOld == (HIMC)0)
+	    {
+		hImcOld = pImmGetContext(s_hwnd);
+		if (hImcOld)
+		    pImmAssociateContext(s_hwnd, (HIMC)0);
+	    }
+	    active = FALSE;
+	}
+	else if (hImcOld != (HIMC)0)
+	{
+	    pImmAssociateContext(s_hwnd, hImcOld);
+	    hImcOld = (HIMC)0;
+	}
+
+	hImc = pImmGetContext(s_hwnd);
+	if (hImc)
+	{
+	    /*
+	     * for Korean ime
+	     */
+	    HKL hKL = GetKeyboardLayout(0);
+
+	    if (LOWORD(hKL) == MAKELANGID(LANG_KOREAN, SUBLANG_KOREAN))
+	    {
+		static DWORD dwConversionSaved = 0, dwSentenceSaved = 0;
+		static BOOL bSaved = FALSE;
+
+		if (active)
+		{
+		    /* if we have a saved conversion status, restore it */
+		    if (bSaved)
+			pImmSetConversionStatus(hImc, dwConversionSaved,
+							     dwSentenceSaved);
+		    bSaved = FALSE;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+		    /* save conversion status and disable korean */
+		    if (pImmGetConversionStatus(hImc, &dwConversionSaved,
+							    &dwSentenceSaved))
+		    {
+			bSaved = TRUE;
+			pImmSetConversionStatus(hImc,
+				dwConversionSaved & ~(IME_CMODE_NATIVE
+						       | IME_CMODE_FULLSHAPE),
+				dwSentenceSaved);
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    pImmSetOpenStatus(hImc, active);
+	    pImmReleaseContext(s_hwnd, hImc);
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Get IM status.  When IM is on, return not 0.  Else return 0.
+ */
+    int
+im_get_status(void)
+{
+    int		status = 0;
+    HIMC	hImc;
+
+    if (pImmGetContext && (hImc = pImmGetContext(s_hwnd)) != (HIMC)0)
+    {
+	status = pImmGetOpenStatus(hImc) ? 1 : 0;
+	pImmReleaseContext(s_hwnd, hImc);
+    }
+    return status;
+}
+
+#endif /* FEAT_MBYTE_IME */
+
+#if !defined(FEAT_MBYTE_IME) && defined(GLOBAL_IME)
+/* Win32 with GLOBAL IME */
+
+/*
+ * Notify cursor position to IM.
+ */
+    void
+im_set_position(int row, int col)
+{
+    /* Win32 with GLOBAL IME */
+    POINT p;
+
+    p.x = FILL_X(col);
+    p.y = FILL_Y(row);
+    MapWindowPoints(s_textArea, s_hwnd, &p, 1);
+    global_ime_set_position(&p);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Set IM status on ("active" is TRUE) or off ("active" is FALSE).
+ */
+    void
+im_set_active(int active)
+{
+    global_ime_set_status(active);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Get IM status.  When IM is on, return not 0.  Else return 0.
+ */
+    int
+im_get_status(void)
+{
+    return global_ime_get_status();
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Convert latin9 text "text[len]" to ucs-2 in "unicodebuf".
+ */
+    static void
+latin9_to_ucs(char_u *text, int len, WCHAR *unicodebuf)
+{
+    int		c;
+
+    while (--len >= 0)
+    {
+	c = *text++;
+	switch (c)
+	{
+	    case 0xa4: c = 0x20ac; break;   /* euro */
+	    case 0xa6: c = 0x0160; break;   /* S hat */
+	    case 0xa8: c = 0x0161; break;   /* S -hat */
+	    case 0xb4: c = 0x017d; break;   /* Z hat */
+	    case 0xb8: c = 0x017e; break;   /* Z -hat */
+	    case 0xbc: c = 0x0152; break;   /* OE */
+	    case 0xbd: c = 0x0153; break;   /* oe */
+	    case 0xbe: c = 0x0178; break;   /* Y */
+	}
+	*unicodebuf++ = c;
+    }
+}
+
+#ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
+/*
+ * What is this for?  In the case where you are using Win98 or Win2K or later,
+ * and you are using a Hebrew font (or Arabic!), Windows does you a favor and
+ * reverses the string sent to the TextOut... family.  This sucks, because we
+ * go to a lot of effort to do the right thing, and there doesn't seem to be a
+ * way to tell Windblows not to do this!
+ *
+ * The short of it is that this 'RevOut' only gets called if you are running
+ * one of the new, "improved" MS OSes, and only if you are running in
+ * 'rightleft' mode.  It makes display take *slightly* longer, but not
+ * noticeably so.
+ */
+    static void
+RevOut( HDC s_hdc,
+	int col,
+	int row,
+	UINT foptions,
+	CONST RECT *pcliprect,
+	LPCTSTR text,
+	UINT len,
+	CONST INT *padding)
+{
+    int		ix;
+
+    for (ix = 0; ix < (int)len; ++ix)
+	ExtTextOut(s_hdc, col + TEXT_X(ix), row, foptions,
+					pcliprect, text + ix, 1, padding);
+}
+#endif
+
+    static void
+draw_line(
+    int		x1,
+    int		y1,
+    int		x2,
+    int		y2,
+    COLORREF	color)
+{
+#if defined(FEAT_DIRECTX)
+    if (IS_ENABLE_DIRECTX())
+	DWriteContext_DrawLine(s_dwc, x1, y1, x2, y2, color);
+    else
+#endif
+    {
+	HPEN	hpen = CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, color);
+	HPEN	old_pen = SelectObject(s_hdc, hpen);
+	MoveToEx(s_hdc, x1, y1, NULL);
+	/* Note: LineTo() excludes the last pixel in the line. */
+	LineTo(s_hdc, x2, y2);
+	DeleteObject(SelectObject(s_hdc, old_pen));
+    }
+}
+
+    static void
+set_pixel(
+    int		x,
+    int		y,
+    COLORREF	color)
+{
+#if defined(FEAT_DIRECTX)
+    if (IS_ENABLE_DIRECTX())
+	DWriteContext_SetPixel(s_dwc, x, y, color);
+    else
+#endif
+	SetPixel(s_hdc, x, y, color);
+}
+
+    static void
+fill_rect(
+    const RECT	*rcp,
+    HBRUSH	hbr,
+    COLORREF	color)
+{
+#if defined(FEAT_DIRECTX)
+    if (IS_ENABLE_DIRECTX())
+	DWriteContext_FillRect(s_dwc, rcp, color);
+    else
+#endif
+    {
+	HBRUSH	hbr2;
+
+	if (hbr == NULL)
+	    hbr2 = CreateSolidBrush(color);
+	else
+	    hbr2 = hbr;
+	FillRect(s_hdc, rcp, hbr2);
+	if (hbr == NULL)
+	    DeleteBrush(hbr2);
+    }
+}
+
+    void
+gui_mch_draw_string(
+    int		row,
+    int		col,
+    char_u	*text,
+    int		len,
+    int		flags)
+{
+    static int	*padding = NULL;
+    static int	pad_size = 0;
+    int		i;
+    const RECT	*pcliprect = NULL;
+    UINT	foptions = 0;
+    static WCHAR *unicodebuf = NULL;
+    static int   *unicodepdy = NULL;
+    static int	unibuflen = 0;
+    int		n = 0;
+    int		y;
+
+    /*
+     * Italic and bold text seems to have an extra row of pixels at the bottom
+     * (below where the bottom of the character should be).  If we draw the
+     * characters with a solid background, the top row of pixels in the
+     * character below will be overwritten.  We can fix this by filling in the
+     * background ourselves, to the correct character proportions, and then
+     * writing the character in transparent mode.  Still have a problem when
+     * the character is "_", which gets written on to the character below.
+     * New fix: set gui.char_ascent to -1.  This shifts all characters up one
+     * pixel in their slots, which fixes the problem with the bottom row of
+     * pixels.	We still need this code because otherwise the top row of pixels
+     * becomes a problem. - webb.
+     */
+    static HBRUSH	hbr_cache[2] = {NULL, NULL};
+    static guicolor_T	brush_color[2] = {INVALCOLOR, INVALCOLOR};
+    static int		brush_lru = 0;
+    HBRUSH		hbr;
+    RECT		rc;
+
+    if (!(flags & DRAW_TRANSP))
+    {
+	/*
+	 * Clear background first.
+	 * Note: FillRect() excludes right and bottom of rectangle.
+	 */
+	rc.left = FILL_X(col);
+	rc.top = FILL_Y(row);
+	if (has_mbyte)
+	{
+	    /* Compute the length in display cells. */
+	    rc.right = FILL_X(col + mb_string2cells(text, len));
+	}
+	else
+	    rc.right = FILL_X(col + len);
+	rc.bottom = FILL_Y(row + 1);
+
+	/* Cache the created brush, that saves a lot of time.  We need two:
+	 * one for cursor background and one for the normal background. */
+	if (gui.currBgColor == brush_color[0])
+	{
+	    hbr = hbr_cache[0];
+	    brush_lru = 1;
+	}
+	else if (gui.currBgColor == brush_color[1])
+	{
+	    hbr = hbr_cache[1];
+	    brush_lru = 0;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+	    if (hbr_cache[brush_lru] != NULL)
+		DeleteBrush(hbr_cache[brush_lru]);
+	    hbr_cache[brush_lru] = CreateSolidBrush(gui.currBgColor);
+	    brush_color[brush_lru] = gui.currBgColor;
+	    hbr = hbr_cache[brush_lru];
+	    brush_lru = !brush_lru;
+	}
+
+	fill_rect(&rc, hbr, gui.currBgColor);
+
+	SetBkMode(s_hdc, TRANSPARENT);
+
+	/*
+	 * When drawing block cursor, prevent inverted character spilling
+	 * over character cell (can happen with bold/italic)
+	 */
+	if (flags & DRAW_CURSOR)
+	{
+	    pcliprect = &rc;
+	    foptions = ETO_CLIPPED;
+	}
+    }
+    SetTextColor(s_hdc, gui.currFgColor);
+    SelectFont(s_hdc, gui.currFont);
+
+#ifdef FEAT_DIRECTX
+    if (IS_ENABLE_DIRECTX())
+	DWriteContext_SetFont(s_dwc, (HFONT)gui.currFont);
+#endif
+
+    if (pad_size != Columns || padding == NULL || padding[0] != gui.char_width)
+    {
+	vim_free(padding);
+	pad_size = Columns;
+
+	/* Don't give an out-of-memory message here, it would call us
+	 * recursively. */
+	padding = (int *)lalloc(pad_size * sizeof(int), FALSE);
+	if (padding != NULL)
+	    for (i = 0; i < pad_size; i++)
+		padding[i] = gui.char_width;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * We have to provide the padding argument because italic and bold versions
+     * of fixed-width fonts are often one pixel or so wider than their normal
+     * versions.
+     * No check for DRAW_BOLD, Windows will have done it already.
+     */
+
+    /* Check if there are any UTF-8 characters.  If not, use normal text
+     * output to speed up output. */
+    if (enc_utf8)
+	for (n = 0; n < len; ++n)
+	    if (text[n] >= 0x80)
+		break;
+
+#if defined(FEAT_DIRECTX)
+    /* Quick hack to enable DirectWrite.  To use DirectWrite (antialias), it is
+     * required that unicode drawing routine, currently.  So this forces it
+     * enabled. */
+    if (IS_ENABLE_DIRECTX())
+	n = 0; /* Keep n < len, to enter block for unicode. */
+#endif
+
+    /* Check if the Unicode buffer exists and is big enough.  Create it
+     * with the same length as the multi-byte string, the number of wide
+     * characters is always equal or smaller. */
+    if ((enc_utf8
+		|| (enc_codepage > 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage)
+		|| enc_latin9)
+	    && (unicodebuf == NULL || len > unibuflen))
+    {
+	vim_free(unicodebuf);
+	unicodebuf = (WCHAR *)lalloc(len * sizeof(WCHAR), FALSE);
+
+	vim_free(unicodepdy);
+	unicodepdy = (int *)lalloc(len * sizeof(int), FALSE);
+
+	unibuflen = len;
+    }
+
+    if (enc_utf8 && n < len && unicodebuf != NULL)
+    {
+	/* Output UTF-8 characters.  Composing characters should be
+	 * handled here. */
+	int		i;
+	int		wlen;	/* string length in words */
+	int		clen;	/* string length in characters */
+	int		cells;	/* cell width of string up to composing char */
+	int		cw;	/* width of current cell */
+	int		c;
+
+	wlen = 0;
+	clen = 0;
+	cells = 0;
+	for (i = 0; i < len; )
+	{
+	    c = utf_ptr2char(text + i);
+	    if (c >= 0x10000)
+	    {
+		/* Turn into UTF-16 encoding. */
+		unicodebuf[wlen++] = ((c - 0x10000) >> 10) + 0xD800;
+		unicodebuf[wlen++] = ((c - 0x10000) & 0x3ff) + 0xDC00;
+	    }
+	    else
+	    {
+		unicodebuf[wlen++] = c;
+	    }
+
+	    if (utf_iscomposing(c))
+		cw = 0;
+	    else
+	    {
+		cw = utf_char2cells(c);
+		if (cw > 2)		/* don't use 4 for unprintable char */
+		    cw = 1;
+	    }
+
+	    if (unicodepdy != NULL)
+	    {
+		/* Use unicodepdy to make characters fit as we expect, even
+		 * when the font uses different widths (e.g., bold character
+		 * is wider).  */
+		if (c >= 0x10000)
+		{
+		    unicodepdy[wlen - 2] = cw * gui.char_width;
+		    unicodepdy[wlen - 1] = 0;
+		}
+		else
+		    unicodepdy[wlen - 1] = cw * gui.char_width;
+	    }
+	    cells += cw;
+	    i += utf_ptr2len_len(text + i, len - i);
+	    ++clen;
+	}
+#if defined(FEAT_DIRECTX)
+	if (IS_ENABLE_DIRECTX())
+	{
+	    /* Add one to "cells" for italics. */
+	    DWriteContext_DrawText(s_dwc, unicodebuf, wlen,
+		    TEXT_X(col), TEXT_Y(row), FILL_X(cells + 1), FILL_Y(1),
+		    gui.char_width, gui.currFgColor,
+		    foptions, pcliprect, unicodepdy);
+	}
+	else
+#endif
+	    ExtTextOutW(s_hdc, TEXT_X(col), TEXT_Y(row),
+		    foptions, pcliprect, unicodebuf, wlen, unicodepdy);
+	len = cells;	/* used for underlining */
+    }
+    else if ((enc_codepage > 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage) || enc_latin9)
+    {
+	/* If we want to display codepage data, and the current CP is not the
+	 * ANSI one, we need to go via Unicode. */
+	if (unicodebuf != NULL)
+	{
+	    if (enc_latin9)
+		latin9_to_ucs(text, len, unicodebuf);
+	    else
+		len = MultiByteToWideChar(enc_codepage,
+			MB_PRECOMPOSED,
+			(char *)text, len,
+			(LPWSTR)unicodebuf, unibuflen);
+	    if (len != 0)
+	    {
+		/* Use unicodepdy to make characters fit as we expect, even
+		 * when the font uses different widths (e.g., bold character
+		 * is wider). */
+		if (unicodepdy != NULL)
+		{
+		    int i;
+		    int cw;
+
+		    for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
+		    {
+			cw = utf_char2cells(unicodebuf[i]);
+			if (cw > 2)
+			    cw = 1;
+			unicodepdy[i] = cw * gui.char_width;
+		    }
+		}
+		ExtTextOutW(s_hdc, TEXT_X(col), TEXT_Y(row),
+			    foptions, pcliprect, unicodebuf, len, unicodepdy);
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    else
+    {
+#ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
+	/* Windows will mess up RL text, so we have to draw it character by
+	 * character.  Only do this if RL is on, since it's slow. */
+	if (curwin->w_p_rl)
+	    RevOut(s_hdc, TEXT_X(col), TEXT_Y(row),
+			 foptions, pcliprect, (char *)text, len, padding);
+	else
+#endif
+	    ExtTextOut(s_hdc, TEXT_X(col), TEXT_Y(row),
+			 foptions, pcliprect, (char *)text, len, padding);
+    }
+
+    /* Underline */
+    if (flags & DRAW_UNDERL)
+    {
+	/* When p_linespace is 0, overwrite the bottom row of pixels.
+	 * Otherwise put the line just below the character. */
+	y = FILL_Y(row + 1) - 1;
+	if (p_linespace > 1)
+	    y -= p_linespace - 1;
+	draw_line(FILL_X(col), y, FILL_X(col + len), y, gui.currFgColor);
+    }
+
+    /* Strikethrough */
+    if (flags & DRAW_STRIKE)
+    {
+	y = FILL_Y(row + 1) - gui.char_height/2;
+	draw_line(FILL_X(col), y, FILL_X(col + len), y, gui.currSpColor);
+    }
+
+    /* Undercurl */
+    if (flags & DRAW_UNDERC)
+    {
+	int			x;
+	int			offset;
+	static const int	val[8] = {1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 2, 2 };
+
+	y = FILL_Y(row + 1) - 1;
+	for (x = FILL_X(col); x < FILL_X(col + len); ++x)
+	{
+	    offset = val[x % 8];
+	    set_pixel(x, y - offset, gui.currSpColor);
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Output routines.
+ */
+
+/* Flush any output to the screen */
+    void
+gui_mch_flush(void)
+{
+#   if defined(__BORLANDC__)
+    /*
+     * The GdiFlush declaration (in Borland C 5.01 <wingdi.h>) is not a
+     * prototype declaration.
+     * The compiler complains if __stdcall is not used in both declarations.
+     */
+    BOOL  __stdcall GdiFlush(void);
+#   endif
+
+#if defined(FEAT_DIRECTX)
+    if (IS_ENABLE_DIRECTX())
+	DWriteContext_Flush(s_dwc);
+#endif
+
+    GdiFlush();
+}
+
+    static void
+clear_rect(RECT *rcp)
+{
+    fill_rect(rcp, NULL, gui.back_pixel);
+}
+
+
+    void
+gui_mch_get_screen_dimensions(int *screen_w, int *screen_h)
+{
+    RECT	workarea_rect;
+
+    get_work_area(&workarea_rect);
+
+    *screen_w = workarea_rect.right - workarea_rect.left
+		- (GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXFRAME) +
+		   GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXPADDEDBORDER)) * 2;
+
+    /* FIXME: dirty trick: Because the gui_get_base_height() doesn't include
+     * the menubar for MSwin, we subtract it from the screen height, so that
+     * the window size can be made to fit on the screen. */
+    *screen_h = workarea_rect.bottom - workarea_rect.top
+		- (GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYFRAME) +
+		   GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXPADDEDBORDER)) * 2
+		- GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYCAPTION)
+#ifdef FEAT_MENU
+		- gui_mswin_get_menu_height(FALSE)
+#endif
+		;
+}
+
+
+#if defined(FEAT_MENU) || defined(PROTO)
+/*
+ * Add a sub menu to the menu bar.
+ */
+    void
+gui_mch_add_menu(
+    vimmenu_T	*menu,
+    int		pos)
+{
+    vimmenu_T	*parent = menu->parent;
+
+    menu->submenu_id = CreatePopupMenu();
+    menu->id = s_menu_id++;
+
+    if (menu_is_menubar(menu->name))
+    {
+	WCHAR	*wn = NULL;
+
+	if (enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage)
+	{
+	    /* 'encoding' differs from active codepage: convert menu name
+	     * and use wide function */
+	    wn = enc_to_utf16(menu->name, NULL);
+	    if (wn != NULL)
+	    {
+		MENUITEMINFOW	infow;
+
+		infow.cbSize = sizeof(infow);
+		infow.fMask = MIIM_DATA | MIIM_TYPE | MIIM_ID
+		    | MIIM_SUBMENU;
+		infow.dwItemData = (long_u)menu;
+		infow.wID = menu->id;
+		infow.fType = MFT_STRING;
+		infow.dwTypeData = wn;
+		infow.cch = (UINT)wcslen(wn);
+		infow.hSubMenu = menu->submenu_id;
+		InsertMenuItemW((parent == NULL)
+			? s_menuBar : parent->submenu_id,
+			(UINT)pos, TRUE, &infow);
+		vim_free(wn);
+	    }
+	}
+
+	if (wn == NULL)
+	{
+	    MENUITEMINFO	info;
+
+	    info.cbSize = sizeof(info);
+	    info.fMask = MIIM_DATA | MIIM_TYPE | MIIM_ID | MIIM_SUBMENU;
+	    info.dwItemData = (long_u)menu;
+	    info.wID = menu->id;
+	    info.fType = MFT_STRING;
+	    info.dwTypeData = (LPTSTR)menu->name;
+	    info.cch = (UINT)STRLEN(menu->name);
+	    info.hSubMenu = menu->submenu_id;
+	    InsertMenuItem((parent == NULL)
+		    ? s_menuBar : parent->submenu_id,
+		    (UINT)pos, TRUE, &info);
+	}
+    }
+
+    /* Fix window size if menu may have wrapped */
+    if (parent == NULL)
+	gui_mswin_get_menu_height(!gui.starting);
+#ifdef FEAT_TEAROFF
+    else if (IsWindow(parent->tearoff_handle))
+	rebuild_tearoff(parent);
+#endif
+}
+
+    void
+gui_mch_show_popupmenu(vimmenu_T *menu)
+{
+    POINT mp;
+
+    (void)GetCursorPos((LPPOINT)&mp);
+    gui_mch_show_popupmenu_at(menu, (int)mp.x, (int)mp.y);
+}
+
+    void
+gui_make_popup(char_u *path_name, int mouse_pos)
+{
+    vimmenu_T	*menu = gui_find_menu(path_name);
+
+    if (menu != NULL)
+    {
+	POINT	p;
+
+	/* Find the position of the current cursor */
+	GetDCOrgEx(s_hdc, &p);
+	if (mouse_pos)
+	{
+	    int	mx, my;
+
+	    gui_mch_getmouse(&mx, &my);
+	    p.x += mx;
+	    p.y += my;
+	}
+	else if (curwin != NULL)
+	{
+	    p.x += TEXT_X(curwin->w_wincol + curwin->w_wcol + 1);
+	    p.y += TEXT_Y(W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow + 1);
+	}
+	msg_scroll = FALSE;
+	gui_mch_show_popupmenu_at(menu, (int)p.x, (int)p.y);
+    }
+}
+
+#if defined(FEAT_TEAROFF) || defined(PROTO)
+/*
+ * Given a menu descriptor, e.g. "File.New", find it in the menu hierarchy and
+ * create it as a pseudo-"tearoff menu".
+ */
+    void
+gui_make_tearoff(char_u *path_name)
+{
+    vimmenu_T	*menu = gui_find_menu(path_name);
+
+    /* Found the menu, so tear it off. */
+    if (menu != NULL)
+	gui_mch_tearoff(menu->dname, menu, 0xffffL, 0xffffL);
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Add a menu item to a menu
+ */
+    void
+gui_mch_add_menu_item(
+    vimmenu_T	*menu,
+    int		idx)
+{
+    vimmenu_T	*parent = menu->parent;
+
+    menu->id = s_menu_id++;
+    menu->submenu_id = NULL;
+
+#ifdef FEAT_TEAROFF
+    if (STRNCMP(menu->name, TEAR_STRING, TEAR_LEN) == 0)
+    {
+	InsertMenu(parent->submenu_id, (UINT)idx, MF_BITMAP|MF_BYPOSITION,
+		(UINT)menu->id, (LPCTSTR) s_htearbitmap);
+    }
+    else
+#endif
+#ifdef FEAT_TOOLBAR
+    if (menu_is_toolbar(parent->name))
+    {
+	TBBUTTON newtb;
+
+	vim_memset(&newtb, 0, sizeof(newtb));
+	if (menu_is_separator(menu->name))
+	{
+	    newtb.iBitmap = 0;
+	    newtb.fsStyle = TBSTYLE_SEP;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+	    newtb.iBitmap = get_toolbar_bitmap(menu);
+	    newtb.fsStyle = TBSTYLE_BUTTON;
+	}
+	newtb.idCommand = menu->id;
+	newtb.fsState = TBSTATE_ENABLED;
+	newtb.iString = 0;
+	SendMessage(s_toolbarhwnd, TB_INSERTBUTTON, (WPARAM)idx,
+							     (LPARAM)&newtb);
+	menu->submenu_id = (HMENU)-1;
+    }
+    else
+#endif
+    {
+	WCHAR	*wn = NULL;
+
+	if (enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage)
+	{
+	    /* 'encoding' differs from active codepage: convert menu item name
+	     * and use wide function */
+	    wn = enc_to_utf16(menu->name, NULL);
+	    if (wn != NULL)
+	    {
+		InsertMenuW(parent->submenu_id, (UINT)idx,
+			(menu_is_separator(menu->name)
+				 ? MF_SEPARATOR : MF_STRING) | MF_BYPOSITION,
+			(UINT)menu->id, wn);
+		vim_free(wn);
+	    }
+	}
+	if (wn == NULL)
+	    InsertMenu(parent->submenu_id, (UINT)idx,
+		(menu_is_separator(menu->name) ? MF_SEPARATOR : MF_STRING)
+							      | MF_BYPOSITION,
+		(UINT)menu->id, (LPCTSTR)menu->name);
+#ifdef FEAT_TEAROFF
+	if (IsWindow(parent->tearoff_handle))
+	    rebuild_tearoff(parent);
+#endif
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Destroy the machine specific menu widget.
+ */
+    void
+gui_mch_destroy_menu(vimmenu_T *menu)
+{
+#ifdef FEAT_TOOLBAR
+    /*
+     * is this a toolbar button?
+     */
+    if (menu->submenu_id == (HMENU)-1)
+    {
+	int iButton;
+
+	iButton = (int)SendMessage(s_toolbarhwnd, TB_COMMANDTOINDEX,
+							 (WPARAM)menu->id, 0);
+	SendMessage(s_toolbarhwnd, TB_DELETEBUTTON, (WPARAM)iButton, 0);
+    }
+    else
+#endif
+    {
+	if (menu->parent != NULL
+		&& menu_is_popup(menu->parent->dname)
+		&& menu->parent->submenu_id != NULL)
+	    RemoveMenu(menu->parent->submenu_id, menu->id, MF_BYCOMMAND);
+	else
+	    RemoveMenu(s_menuBar, menu->id, MF_BYCOMMAND);
+	if (menu->submenu_id != NULL)
+	    DestroyMenu(menu->submenu_id);
+#ifdef FEAT_TEAROFF
+	if (IsWindow(menu->tearoff_handle))
+	    DestroyWindow(menu->tearoff_handle);
+	if (menu->parent != NULL
+		&& menu->parent->children != NULL
+		&& IsWindow(menu->parent->tearoff_handle))
+	{
+	    /* This menu must not show up when rebuilding the tearoff window. */
+	    menu->modes = 0;
+	    rebuild_tearoff(menu->parent);
+	}
+#endif
+    }
+}
+
+#ifdef FEAT_TEAROFF
+    static void
+rebuild_tearoff(vimmenu_T *menu)
+{
+    /*hackish*/
+    char_u	tbuf[128];
+    RECT	trect;
+    RECT	rct;
+    RECT	roct;
+    int		x, y;
+
+    HWND thwnd = menu->tearoff_handle;
+
+    GetWindowText(thwnd, (LPSTR)tbuf, 127);
+    if (GetWindowRect(thwnd, &trect)
+	    && GetWindowRect(s_hwnd, &rct)
+	    && GetClientRect(s_hwnd, &roct))
+    {
+	x = trect.left - rct.left;
+	y = (trect.top -  rct.bottom  + roct.bottom);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+	x = y = 0xffffL;
+    }
+    DestroyWindow(thwnd);
+    if (menu->children != NULL)
+    {
+	gui_mch_tearoff(tbuf, menu, x, y);
+	if (IsWindow(menu->tearoff_handle))
+	    (void) SetWindowPos(menu->tearoff_handle,
+				NULL,
+				(int)trect.left,
+				(int)trect.top,
+				0, 0,
+				SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_NOACTIVATE);
+    }
+}
+#endif /* FEAT_TEAROFF */
+
+/*
+ * Make a menu either grey or not grey.
+ */
+    void
+gui_mch_menu_grey(
+    vimmenu_T	*menu,
+    int	    grey)
+{
+#ifdef FEAT_TOOLBAR
+    /*
+     * is this a toolbar button?
+     */
+    if (menu->submenu_id == (HMENU)-1)
+    {
+	SendMessage(s_toolbarhwnd, TB_ENABLEBUTTON,
+	    (WPARAM)menu->id, (LPARAM) MAKELONG((grey ? FALSE : TRUE), 0) );
+    }
+    else
+#endif
+    (void)EnableMenuItem(menu->parent ? menu->parent->submenu_id : s_menuBar,
+		    menu->id, MF_BYCOMMAND | (grey ? MF_GRAYED : MF_ENABLED));
+
+#ifdef FEAT_TEAROFF
+    if ((menu->parent != NULL) && (IsWindow(menu->parent->tearoff_handle)))
+    {
+	WORD menuID;
+	HWND menuHandle;
+
+	/*
+	 * A tearoff button has changed state.
+	 */
+	if (menu->children == NULL)
+	    menuID = (WORD)(menu->id);
+	else
+	    menuID = (WORD)((long_u)(menu->submenu_id) | (DWORD)0x8000);
+	menuHandle = GetDlgItem(menu->parent->tearoff_handle, menuID);
+	if (menuHandle)
+	    EnableWindow(menuHandle, !grey);
+
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+#endif /* FEAT_MENU */
+
+
+/* define some macros used to make the dialogue creation more readable */
+
+#define add_string(s) strcpy((LPSTR)p, s); (LPSTR)p += (strlen((LPSTR)p) + 1)
+#define add_word(x)		*p++ = (x)
+#define add_long(x)		dwp = (DWORD *)p; *dwp++ = (x); p = (WORD *)dwp
+
+#if defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG) || defined(PROTO)
+/*
+ * stuff for dialogs
+ */
+
+/*
+ * The callback routine used by all the dialogs.  Very simple.  First,
+ * acknowledges the INITDIALOG message so that Windows knows to do standard
+ * dialog stuff (Return = default, Esc = cancel....) Second, if a button is
+ * pressed, return that button's ID - IDCANCEL (2), which is the button's
+ * number.
+ */
+    static LRESULT CALLBACK
+dialog_callback(
+    HWND hwnd,
+    UINT message,
+    WPARAM wParam,
+    LPARAM lParam UNUSED)
+{
+    if (message == WM_INITDIALOG)
+    {
+	CenterWindow(hwnd, GetWindow(hwnd, GW_OWNER));
+	/* Set focus to the dialog.  Set the default button, if specified. */
+	(void)SetFocus(hwnd);
+	if (dialog_default_button > IDCANCEL)
+	    (void)SetFocus(GetDlgItem(hwnd, dialog_default_button));
+	else
+	    /* We don't have a default, set focus on another element of the
+	     * dialog window, probably the icon */
+	    (void)SetFocus(GetDlgItem(hwnd, DLG_NONBUTTON_CONTROL));
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    if (message == WM_COMMAND)
+    {
+	int	button = LOWORD(wParam);
+
+	/* Don't end the dialog if something was selected that was
+	 * not a button.
+	 */
+	if (button >= DLG_NONBUTTON_CONTROL)
+	    return TRUE;
+
+	/* If the edit box exists, copy the string. */
+	if (s_textfield != NULL)
+	{
+	    /* If the OS is Windows NT, and 'encoding' differs from active
+	     * codepage: use wide function and convert text. */
+	    if (enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage)
+	    {
+	       WCHAR  *wp = (WCHAR *)alloc(IOSIZE * sizeof(WCHAR));
+	       char_u *p;
+
+	       GetDlgItemTextW(hwnd, DLG_NONBUTTON_CONTROL + 2, wp, IOSIZE);
+	       p = utf16_to_enc(wp, NULL);
+	       vim_strncpy(s_textfield, p, IOSIZE);
+	       vim_free(p);
+	       vim_free(wp);
+	    }
+	    else
+		GetDlgItemText(hwnd, DLG_NONBUTTON_CONTROL + 2,
+						(LPSTR)s_textfield, IOSIZE);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Need to check for IDOK because if the user just hits Return to
+	 * accept the default value, some reason this is what we get.
+	 */
+	if (button == IDOK)
+	{
+	    if (dialog_default_button > IDCANCEL)
+		EndDialog(hwnd, dialog_default_button);
+	}
+	else
+	    EndDialog(hwnd, button - IDCANCEL);
+	return TRUE;
+    }
+
+    if ((message == WM_SYSCOMMAND) && (wParam == SC_CLOSE))
+    {
+	EndDialog(hwnd, 0);
+	return TRUE;
+    }
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Create a dialog dynamically from the parameter strings.
+ * type		= type of dialog (question, alert, etc.)
+ * title	= dialog title. may be NULL for default title.
+ * message	= text to display. Dialog sizes to accommodate it.
+ * buttons	= '\n' separated list of button captions, default first.
+ * dfltbutton	= number of default button.
+ *
+ * This routine returns 1 if the first button is pressed,
+ *			2 for the second, etc.
+ *
+ *			0 indicates Esc was pressed.
+ *			-1 for unexpected error
+ *
+ * If stubbing out this fn, return 1.
+ */
+
+static const char *dlg_icons[] = /* must match names in resource file */
+{
+    "IDR_VIM",
+    "IDR_VIM_ERROR",
+    "IDR_VIM_ALERT",
+    "IDR_VIM_INFO",
+    "IDR_VIM_QUESTION"
+};
+
+    int
+gui_mch_dialog(
+    int		 type,
+    char_u	*title,
+    char_u	*message,
+    char_u	*buttons,
+    int		 dfltbutton,
+    char_u	*textfield,
+    int		ex_cmd)
+{
+    WORD	*p, *pdlgtemplate, *pnumitems;
+    DWORD	*dwp;
+    int		numButtons;
+    int		*buttonWidths, *buttonPositions;
+    int		buttonYpos;
+    int		nchar, i;
+    DWORD	lStyle;
+    int		dlgwidth = 0;
+    int		dlgheight;
+    int		editboxheight;
+    int		horizWidth = 0;
+    int		msgheight;
+    char_u	*pstart;
+    char_u	*pend;
+    char_u	*last_white;
+    char_u	*tbuffer;
+    RECT	rect;
+    HWND	hwnd;
+    HDC		hdc;
+    HFONT	font, oldFont;
+    TEXTMETRIC	fontInfo;
+    int		fontHeight;
+    int		textWidth, minButtonWidth, messageWidth;
+    int		maxDialogWidth;
+    int		maxDialogHeight;
+    int		scroll_flag = 0;
+    int		vertical;
+    int		dlgPaddingX;
+    int		dlgPaddingY;
+#ifdef USE_SYSMENU_FONT
+    LOGFONT	lfSysmenu;
+    int		use_lfSysmenu = FALSE;
+#endif
+    garray_T	ga;
+    int		l;
+
+#ifndef NO_CONSOLE
+    /* Don't output anything in silent mode ("ex -s") */
+    if (silent_mode)
+	return dfltbutton;   /* return default option */
+#endif
+
+    if (s_hwnd == NULL)
+	get_dialog_font_metrics();
+
+    if ((type < 0) || (type > VIM_LAST_TYPE))
+	type = 0;
+
+    /* allocate some memory for dialog template */
+    /* TODO should compute this really */
+    pdlgtemplate = p = (PWORD)LocalAlloc(LPTR,
+					DLG_ALLOC_SIZE + STRLEN(message) * 2);
+
+    if (p == NULL)
+	return -1;
+
+    /*
+     * make a copy of 'buttons' to fiddle with it.  compiler grizzles because
+     * vim_strsave() doesn't take a const arg (why not?), so cast away the
+     * const.
+     */
+    tbuffer = vim_strsave(buttons);
+    if (tbuffer == NULL)
+	return -1;
+
+    --dfltbutton;   /* Change from one-based to zero-based */
+
+    /* Count buttons */
+    numButtons = 1;
+    for (i = 0; tbuffer[i] != '\0'; i++)
+    {
+	if (tbuffer[i] == DLG_BUTTON_SEP)
+	    numButtons++;
+    }
+    if (dfltbutton >= numButtons)
+	dfltbutton = -1;
+
+    /* Allocate array to hold the width of each button */
+    buttonWidths = (int *)lalloc(numButtons * sizeof(int), TRUE);
+    if (buttonWidths == NULL)
+	return -1;
+
+    /* Allocate array to hold the X position of each button */
+    buttonPositions = (int *)lalloc(numButtons * sizeof(int), TRUE);
+    if (buttonPositions == NULL)
+	return -1;
+
+    /*
+     * Calculate how big the dialog must be.
+     */
+    hwnd = GetDesktopWindow();
+    hdc = GetWindowDC(hwnd);
+#ifdef USE_SYSMENU_FONT
+    if (gui_w32_get_menu_font(&lfSysmenu) == OK)
+    {
+	font = CreateFontIndirect(&lfSysmenu);
+	use_lfSysmenu = TRUE;
+    }
+    else
+#endif
+    font = CreateFont(-DLG_FONT_POINT_SIZE, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+		      VARIABLE_PITCH , DLG_FONT_NAME);
+    if (s_usenewlook)
+    {
+	oldFont = SelectFont(hdc, font);
+	dlgPaddingX = DLG_PADDING_X;
+	dlgPaddingY = DLG_PADDING_Y;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+	oldFont = SelectFont(hdc, GetStockObject(SYSTEM_FONT));
+	dlgPaddingX = DLG_OLD_STYLE_PADDING_X;
+	dlgPaddingY = DLG_OLD_STYLE_PADDING_Y;
+    }
+    GetTextMetrics(hdc, &fontInfo);
+    fontHeight = fontInfo.tmHeight;
+
+    /* Minimum width for horizontal button */
+    minButtonWidth = GetTextWidth(hdc, (char_u *)"Cancel", 6);
+
+    /* Maximum width of a dialog, if possible */
+    if (s_hwnd == NULL)
+    {
+	RECT	workarea_rect;
+
+	/* We don't have a window, use the desktop area. */
+	get_work_area(&workarea_rect);
+	maxDialogWidth = workarea_rect.right - workarea_rect.left - 100;
+	if (maxDialogWidth > 600)
+	    maxDialogWidth = 600;
+	/* Leave some room for the taskbar. */
+	maxDialogHeight = workarea_rect.bottom - workarea_rect.top - 150;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+	/* Use our own window for the size, unless it's very small. */
+	GetWindowRect(s_hwnd, &rect);
+	maxDialogWidth = rect.right - rect.left
+				   - (GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXFRAME) +
+				      GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXPADDEDBORDER)) * 2;
+	if (maxDialogWidth < DLG_MIN_MAX_WIDTH)
+	    maxDialogWidth = DLG_MIN_MAX_WIDTH;
+
+	maxDialogHeight = rect.bottom - rect.top
+				   - (GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYFRAME) +
+				      GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXPADDEDBORDER)) * 4
+				   - GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYCAPTION);
+	if (maxDialogHeight < DLG_MIN_MAX_HEIGHT)
+	    maxDialogHeight = DLG_MIN_MAX_HEIGHT;
+    }
+
+    /* Set dlgwidth to width of message.
+     * Copy the message into "ga", changing NL to CR-NL and inserting line
+     * breaks where needed. */
+    pstart = message;
+    messageWidth = 0;
+    msgheight = 0;
+    ga_init2(&ga, sizeof(char), 500);
+    do
+    {
+	msgheight += fontHeight;    /* at least one line */
+
+	/* Need to figure out where to break the string.  The system does it
+	 * at a word boundary, which would mean we can't compute the number of
+	 * wrapped lines. */
+	textWidth = 0;
+	last_white = NULL;
+	for (pend = pstart; *pend != NUL && *pend != '\n'; )
+	{
+	    l = (*mb_ptr2len)(pend);
+	    if (l == 1 && VIM_ISWHITE(*pend)
+					&& textWidth > maxDialogWidth * 3 / 4)
+		last_white = pend;
+	    textWidth += GetTextWidthEnc(hdc, pend, l);
+	    if (textWidth >= maxDialogWidth)
+	    {
+		/* Line will wrap. */
+		messageWidth = maxDialogWidth;
+		msgheight += fontHeight;
+		textWidth = 0;
+
+		if (last_white != NULL)
+		{
+		    /* break the line just after a space */
+		    ga.ga_len -= (int)(pend - (last_white + 1));
+		    pend = last_white + 1;
+		    last_white = NULL;
+		}
+		ga_append(&ga, '\r');
+		ga_append(&ga, '\n');
+		continue;
+	    }
+
+	    while (--l >= 0)
+		ga_append(&ga, *pend++);
+	}
+	if (textWidth > messageWidth)
+	    messageWidth = textWidth;
+
+	ga_append(&ga, '\r');
+	ga_append(&ga, '\n');
+	pstart = pend + 1;
+    } while (*pend != NUL);
+
+    if (ga.ga_data != NULL)
+	message = ga.ga_data;
+
+    messageWidth += 10;		/* roundoff space */
+
+    /* Add width of icon to dlgwidth, and some space */
+    dlgwidth = messageWidth + DLG_ICON_WIDTH + 3 * dlgPaddingX
+					     + GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXVSCROLL);
+
+    if (msgheight < DLG_ICON_HEIGHT)
+	msgheight = DLG_ICON_HEIGHT;
+
+    /*
+     * Check button names.  A long one will make the dialog wider.
+     * When called early (-register error message) p_go isn't initialized.
+     */
+    vertical = (p_go != NULL && vim_strchr(p_go, GO_VERTICAL) != NULL);
+    if (!vertical)
+    {
+	// Place buttons horizontally if they fit.
+	horizWidth = dlgPaddingX;
+	pstart = tbuffer;
+	i = 0;
+	do
+	{
+	    pend = vim_strchr(pstart, DLG_BUTTON_SEP);
+	    if (pend == NULL)
+		pend = pstart + STRLEN(pstart);	// Last button name.
+	    textWidth = GetTextWidthEnc(hdc, pstart, (int)(pend - pstart));
+	    if (textWidth < minButtonWidth)
+		textWidth = minButtonWidth;
+	    textWidth += dlgPaddingX;	    /* Padding within button */
+	    buttonWidths[i] = textWidth;
+	    buttonPositions[i++] = horizWidth;
+	    horizWidth += textWidth + dlgPaddingX; /* Pad between buttons */
+	    pstart = pend + 1;
+	} while (*pend != NUL);
+
+	if (horizWidth > maxDialogWidth)
+	    vertical = TRUE;	// Too wide to fit on the screen.
+	else if (horizWidth > dlgwidth)
+	    dlgwidth = horizWidth;
+    }
+
+    if (vertical)
+    {
+	// Stack buttons vertically.
+	pstart = tbuffer;
+	do
+	{
+	    pend = vim_strchr(pstart, DLG_BUTTON_SEP);
+	    if (pend == NULL)
+		pend = pstart + STRLEN(pstart);	// Last button name.
+	    textWidth = GetTextWidthEnc(hdc, pstart, (int)(pend - pstart));
+	    textWidth += dlgPaddingX;		/* Padding within button */
+	    textWidth += DLG_VERT_PADDING_X * 2; /* Padding around button */
+	    if (textWidth > dlgwidth)
+		dlgwidth = textWidth;
+	    pstart = pend + 1;
+	} while (*pend != NUL);
+    }
+
+    if (dlgwidth < DLG_MIN_WIDTH)
+	dlgwidth = DLG_MIN_WIDTH;	/* Don't allow a really thin dialog!*/
+
+    /* start to fill in the dlgtemplate information.  addressing by WORDs */
+    if (s_usenewlook)
+	lStyle = DS_MODALFRAME | WS_CAPTION |DS_3DLOOK| WS_VISIBLE |DS_SETFONT;
+    else
+	lStyle = DS_MODALFRAME | WS_CAPTION |DS_3DLOOK| WS_VISIBLE;
+
+    add_long(lStyle);
+    add_long(0);	// (lExtendedStyle)
+    pnumitems = p;	/*save where the number of items must be stored*/
+    add_word(0);	// NumberOfItems(will change later)
+    add_word(10);	// x
+    add_word(10);	// y
+    add_word(PixelToDialogX(dlgwidth));	// cx
+
+    // Dialog height.
+    if (vertical)
+	dlgheight = msgheight + 2 * dlgPaddingY
+			   + DLG_VERT_PADDING_Y + 2 * fontHeight * numButtons;
+    else
+	dlgheight = msgheight + 3 * dlgPaddingY + 2 * fontHeight;
+
+    // Dialog needs to be taller if contains an edit box.
+    editboxheight = fontHeight + dlgPaddingY + 4 * DLG_VERT_PADDING_Y;
+    if (textfield != NULL)
+	dlgheight += editboxheight;
+
+    /* Restrict the size to a maximum.  Causes a scrollbar to show up. */
+    if (dlgheight > maxDialogHeight)
+    {
+	msgheight = msgheight - (dlgheight - maxDialogHeight);
+	dlgheight = maxDialogHeight;
+	scroll_flag = WS_VSCROLL;
+	/* Make sure scrollbar doesn't appear in the middle of the dialog */
+	messageWidth = dlgwidth - DLG_ICON_WIDTH - 3 * dlgPaddingX;
+    }
+
+    add_word(PixelToDialogY(dlgheight));
+
+    add_word(0);	// Menu
+    add_word(0);	// Class
+
+    /* copy the title of the dialog */
+    nchar = nCopyAnsiToWideChar(p, (title ? (LPSTR)title
+				   : (LPSTR)("Vim "VIM_VERSION_MEDIUM)), TRUE);
+    p += nchar;
+
+    if (s_usenewlook)
+    {
+	/* do the font, since DS_3DLOOK doesn't work properly */
+#ifdef USE_SYSMENU_FONT
+	if (use_lfSysmenu)
+	{
+	    /* point size */
+	    *p++ = -MulDiv(lfSysmenu.lfHeight, 72,
+		    GetDeviceCaps(hdc, LOGPIXELSY));
+	    nchar = nCopyAnsiToWideChar(p, lfSysmenu.lfFaceName, FALSE);
+	}
+	else
+#endif
+	{
+	    *p++ = DLG_FONT_POINT_SIZE;		// point size
+	    nchar = nCopyAnsiToWideChar(p, DLG_FONT_NAME, FALSE);
+	}
+	p += nchar;
+    }
+
+    buttonYpos = msgheight + 2 * dlgPaddingY;
+
+    if (textfield != NULL)
+	buttonYpos += editboxheight;
+
+    pstart = tbuffer;
+    if (!vertical)
+	horizWidth = (dlgwidth - horizWidth) / 2;	/* Now it's X offset */
+    for (i = 0; i < numButtons; i++)
+    {
+	/* get end of this button. */
+	for (	pend = pstart;
+		*pend && (*pend != DLG_BUTTON_SEP);
+		pend++)
+	    ;
+
+	if (*pend)
+	    *pend = '\0';
+
+	/*
+	 * old NOTE:
+	 * setting the BS_DEFPUSHBUTTON style doesn't work because Windows sets
+	 * the focus to the first tab-able button and in so doing makes that
+	 * the default!! Grrr.  Workaround: Make the default button the only
+	 * one with WS_TABSTOP style. Means user can't tab between buttons, but
+	 * he/she can use arrow keys.
+	 *
+	 * new NOTE: BS_DEFPUSHBUTTON is required to be able to select the
+	 * right button when hitting <Enter>.  E.g., for the ":confirm quit"
+	 * dialog.  Also needed for when the textfield is the default control.
+	 * It appears to work now (perhaps not on Win95?).
+	 */
+	if (vertical)
+	{
+	    p = add_dialog_element(p,
+		    (i == dfltbutton
+			    ? BS_DEFPUSHBUTTON : BS_PUSHBUTTON) | WS_TABSTOP,
+		    PixelToDialogX(DLG_VERT_PADDING_X),
+		    PixelToDialogY(buttonYpos /* TBK */
+				   + 2 * fontHeight * i),
+		    PixelToDialogX(dlgwidth - 2 * DLG_VERT_PADDING_X),
+		    (WORD)(PixelToDialogY(2 * fontHeight) - 1),
+		    (WORD)(IDCANCEL + 1 + i), (WORD)0x0080, (char *)pstart);
+	}
+	else
+	{
+	    p = add_dialog_element(p,
+		    (i == dfltbutton
+			    ? BS_DEFPUSHBUTTON : BS_PUSHBUTTON) | WS_TABSTOP,
+		    PixelToDialogX(horizWidth + buttonPositions[i]),
+		    PixelToDialogY(buttonYpos), /* TBK */
+		    PixelToDialogX(buttonWidths[i]),
+		    (WORD)(PixelToDialogY(2 * fontHeight) - 1),
+		    (WORD)(IDCANCEL + 1 + i), (WORD)0x0080, (char *)pstart);
+	}
+	pstart = pend + 1;	/*next button*/
+    }
+    *pnumitems += numButtons;
+
+    /* Vim icon */
+    p = add_dialog_element(p, SS_ICON,
+	    PixelToDialogX(dlgPaddingX),
+	    PixelToDialogY(dlgPaddingY),
+	    PixelToDialogX(DLG_ICON_WIDTH),
+	    PixelToDialogY(DLG_ICON_HEIGHT),
+	    DLG_NONBUTTON_CONTROL + 0, (WORD)0x0082,
+	    dlg_icons[type]);
+
+    /* Dialog message */
+    p = add_dialog_element(p, ES_LEFT|scroll_flag|ES_MULTILINE|ES_READONLY,
+	    PixelToDialogX(2 * dlgPaddingX + DLG_ICON_WIDTH),
+	    PixelToDialogY(dlgPaddingY),
+	    (WORD)(PixelToDialogX(messageWidth) + 1),
+	    PixelToDialogY(msgheight),
+	    DLG_NONBUTTON_CONTROL + 1, (WORD)0x0081, (char *)message);
+
+    /* Edit box */
+    if (textfield != NULL)
+    {
+	p = add_dialog_element(p, ES_LEFT|ES_AUTOHSCROLL|WS_TABSTOP|WS_BORDER,
+		PixelToDialogX(2 * dlgPaddingX),
+		PixelToDialogY(2 * dlgPaddingY + msgheight),
+		PixelToDialogX(dlgwidth - 4 * dlgPaddingX),
+		PixelToDialogY(fontHeight + dlgPaddingY),
+		DLG_NONBUTTON_CONTROL + 2, (WORD)0x0081, (char *)textfield);
+	*pnumitems += 1;
+    }
+
+    *pnumitems += 2;
+
+    SelectFont(hdc, oldFont);
+    DeleteObject(font);
+    ReleaseDC(hwnd, hdc);
+
+    /* Let the dialog_callback() function know which button to make default
+     * If we have an edit box, make that the default. We also need to tell
+     * dialog_callback() if this dialog contains an edit box or not. We do
+     * this by setting s_textfield if it does.
+     */
+    if (textfield != NULL)
+    {
+	dialog_default_button = DLG_NONBUTTON_CONTROL + 2;
+	s_textfield = textfield;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+	dialog_default_button = IDCANCEL + 1 + dfltbutton;
+	s_textfield = NULL;
+    }
+
+    /* show the dialog box modally and get a return value */
+    nchar = (int)DialogBoxIndirect(
+	    s_hinst,
+	    (LPDLGTEMPLATE)pdlgtemplate,
+	    s_hwnd,
+	    (DLGPROC)dialog_callback);
+
+    LocalFree(LocalHandle(pdlgtemplate));
+    vim_free(tbuffer);
+    vim_free(buttonWidths);
+    vim_free(buttonPositions);
+    vim_free(ga.ga_data);
+
+    /* Focus back to our window (for when MDI is used). */
+    (void)SetFocus(s_hwnd);
+
+    return nchar;
+}
+
+#endif /* FEAT_GUI_DIALOG */
+
+/*
+ * Put a simple element (basic class) onto a dialog template in memory.
+ * return a pointer to where the next item should be added.
+ *
+ * parameters:
+ *  lStyle = additional style flags
+ *		(be careful, NT3.51 & Win32s will ignore the new ones)
+ *  x,y = x & y positions IN DIALOG UNITS
+ *  w,h = width and height IN DIALOG UNITS
+ *  Id  = ID used in messages
+ *  clss  = class ID, e.g 0x0080 for a button, 0x0082 for a static
+ *  caption = usually text or resource name
+ *
+ *  TODO: use the length information noted here to enable the dialog creation
+ *  routines to work out more exactly how much memory they need to alloc.
+ */
+    static PWORD
+add_dialog_element(
+    PWORD p,
+    DWORD lStyle,
+    WORD x,
+    WORD y,
+    WORD w,
+    WORD h,
+    WORD Id,
+    WORD clss,
+    const char *caption)
+{
+    int nchar;
+
+    p = lpwAlign(p);	/* Align to dword boundary*/
+    lStyle = lStyle | WS_VISIBLE | WS_CHILD;
+    *p++ = LOWORD(lStyle);
+    *p++ = HIWORD(lStyle);
+    *p++ = 0;		// LOWORD (lExtendedStyle)
+    *p++ = 0;		// HIWORD (lExtendedStyle)
+    *p++ = x;
+    *p++ = y;
+    *p++ = w;
+    *p++ = h;
+    *p++ = Id;		//9 or 10 words in all
+
+    *p++ = (WORD)0xffff;
+    *p++ = clss;			//2 more here
+
+    nchar = nCopyAnsiToWideChar(p, (LPSTR)caption, TRUE); //strlen(caption)+1
+    p += nchar;
+
+    *p++ = 0;  // advance pointer over nExtraStuff WORD   - 2 more
+
+    return p;	//total = 15+ (strlen(caption)) words
+		//	   = 30 + 2(strlen(caption) bytes reqd
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Helper routine.  Take an input pointer, return closest pointer that is
+ * aligned on a DWORD (4 byte) boundary.  Taken from the Win32SDK samples.
+ */
+    static LPWORD
+lpwAlign(
+    LPWORD lpIn)
+{
+    long_u ul;
+
+    ul = (long_u)lpIn;
+    ul += 3;
+    ul >>= 2;
+    ul <<= 2;
+    return (LPWORD)ul;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Helper routine.  Takes second parameter as Ansi string, copies it to first
+ * parameter as wide character (16-bits / char) string, and returns integer
+ * number of wide characters (words) in string (including the trailing wide
+ * char NULL).  Partly taken from the Win32SDK samples.
+ * If "use_enc" is TRUE, 'encoding' is used for "lpAnsiIn". If FALSE, current
+ * ACP is used for "lpAnsiIn". */
+    static int
+nCopyAnsiToWideChar(
+    LPWORD lpWCStr,
+    LPSTR lpAnsiIn,
+    BOOL use_enc)
+{
+    int		nChar = 0;
+    int		len = lstrlen(lpAnsiIn) + 1;	/* include NUL character */
+    int		i;
+    WCHAR	*wn;
+
+    if (use_enc && enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage)
+    {
+	/* Not a codepage, use our own conversion function. */
+	wn = enc_to_utf16((char_u *)lpAnsiIn, NULL);
+	if (wn != NULL)
+	{
+	    wcscpy(lpWCStr, wn);
+	    nChar = (int)wcslen(wn) + 1;
+	    vim_free(wn);
+	}
+    }
+    if (nChar == 0)
+	/* Use Win32 conversion function. */
+	nChar = MultiByteToWideChar(
+		enc_codepage > 0 ? enc_codepage : CP_ACP,
+		MB_PRECOMPOSED,
+		lpAnsiIn, len,
+		lpWCStr, len);
+    for (i = 0; i < nChar; ++i)
+	if (lpWCStr[i] == (WORD)'\t')	/* replace tabs with spaces */
+	    lpWCStr[i] = (WORD)' ';
+
+    return nChar;
+}
+
+
+#ifdef FEAT_TEAROFF
+/*
+ * Lookup menu handle from "menu_id".
+ */
+    static HMENU
+tearoff_lookup_menuhandle(
+    vimmenu_T *menu,
+    WORD menu_id)
+{
+    for ( ; menu != NULL; menu = menu->next)
+    {
+	if (menu->modes == 0)	/* this menu has just been deleted */
+	    continue;
+	if (menu_is_separator(menu->dname))
+	    continue;
+	if ((WORD)((long_u)(menu->submenu_id) | (DWORD)0x8000) == menu_id)
+	    return menu->submenu_id;
+    }
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+/*
+ * The callback function for all the modeless dialogs that make up the
+ * "tearoff menus" Very simple - forward button presses (to fool Vim into
+ * thinking its menus have been clicked), and go away when closed.
+ */
+    static LRESULT CALLBACK
+tearoff_callback(
+    HWND hwnd,
+    UINT message,
+    WPARAM wParam,
+    LPARAM lParam)
+{
+    if (message == WM_INITDIALOG)
+    {
+	SetWindowLongPtr(hwnd, DWLP_USER, (LONG_PTR)lParam);
+	return (TRUE);
+    }
+
+    /* May show the mouse pointer again. */
+    HandleMouseHide(message, lParam);
+
+    if (message == WM_COMMAND)
+    {
+	if ((WORD)(LOWORD(wParam)) & 0x8000)
+	{
+	    POINT   mp;
+	    RECT    rect;
+
+	    if (GetCursorPos(&mp) && GetWindowRect(hwnd, &rect))
+	    {
+		vimmenu_T *menu;
+
+		menu = (vimmenu_T*)GetWindowLongPtr(hwnd, DWLP_USER);
+		(void)TrackPopupMenu(
+			 tearoff_lookup_menuhandle(menu, LOWORD(wParam)),
+			 TPM_LEFTALIGN | TPM_LEFTBUTTON,
+			 (int)rect.right - 8,
+			 (int)mp.y,
+			 (int)0,	    /*reserved param*/
+			 s_hwnd,
+			 NULL);
+		/*
+		 * NOTE: The pop-up menu can eat the mouse up event.
+		 * We deal with this in normal.c.
+		 */
+	    }
+	}
+	else
+	    /* Pass on messages to the main Vim window */
+	    PostMessage(s_hwnd, WM_COMMAND, LOWORD(wParam), 0);
+	/*
+	 * Give main window the focus back: this is so after
+	 * choosing a tearoff button you can start typing again
+	 * straight away.
+	 */
+	(void)SetFocus(s_hwnd);
+	return TRUE;
+    }
+    if ((message == WM_SYSCOMMAND) && (wParam == SC_CLOSE))
+    {
+	DestroyWindow(hwnd);
+	return TRUE;
+    }
+
+    /* When moved around, give main window the focus back. */
+    if (message == WM_EXITSIZEMOVE)
+	(void)SetActiveWindow(s_hwnd);
+
+    return FALSE;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+ * Decide whether to use the "new look" (small, non-bold font) or the "old
+ * look" (big, clanky font) for dialogs, and work out a few values for use
+ * later accordingly.
+ */
+    static void
+get_dialog_font_metrics(void)
+{
+    HDC		    hdc;
+    HFONT	    hfontTools = 0;
+    DWORD	    dlgFontSize;
+    SIZE	    size;
+#ifdef USE_SYSMENU_FONT
+    LOGFONT	    lfSysmenu;
+#endif
+
+    s_usenewlook = FALSE;
+
+#ifdef USE_SYSMENU_FONT
+    if (gui_w32_get_menu_font(&lfSysmenu) == OK)
+	hfontTools = CreateFontIndirect(&lfSysmenu);
+    else
+#endif
+	hfontTools = CreateFont(-DLG_FONT_POINT_SIZE, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+				0, 0, 0, 0, VARIABLE_PITCH , DLG_FONT_NAME);
+
+    if (hfontTools)
+    {
+	hdc = GetDC(s_hwnd);
+	SelectObject(hdc, hfontTools);
+	/*
+	 * GetTextMetrics() doesn't return the right value in
+	 * tmAveCharWidth, so we have to figure out the dialog base units
+	 * ourselves.
+	 */
+	GetTextExtentPoint(hdc,
+		"ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz",
+		52, &size);
+	ReleaseDC(s_hwnd, hdc);
+
+	s_dlgfntwidth = (WORD)((size.cx / 26 + 1) / 2);
+	s_dlgfntheight = (WORD)size.cy;
+	s_usenewlook = TRUE;
+    }
+
+    if (!s_usenewlook)
+    {
+	dlgFontSize = GetDialogBaseUnits();	/* fall back to big old system*/
+	s_dlgfntwidth = LOWORD(dlgFontSize);
+	s_dlgfntheight = HIWORD(dlgFontSize);
+    }
+}
+
+#if defined(FEAT_MENU) && defined(FEAT_TEAROFF)
+/*
+ * Create a pseudo-"tearoff menu" based on the child
+ * items of a given menu pointer.
+ */
+    static void
+gui_mch_tearoff(
+    char_u	*title,
+    vimmenu_T	*menu,
+    int		initX,
+    int		initY)
+{
+    WORD	*p, *pdlgtemplate, *pnumitems, *ptrueheight;
+    int		template_len;
+    int		nchar, textWidth, submenuWidth;
+    DWORD	lStyle;
+    DWORD	lExtendedStyle;
+    WORD	dlgwidth;
+    WORD	menuID;
+    vimmenu_T	*pmenu;
+    vimmenu_T	*top_menu;
+    vimmenu_T	*the_menu = menu;
+    HWND	hwnd;
+    HDC		hdc;
+    HFONT	font, oldFont;
+    int		col, spaceWidth, len;
+    int		columnWidths[2];
+    char_u	*label, *text;
+    int		acLen = 0;
+    int		nameLen;
+    int		padding0, padding1, padding2 = 0;
+    int		sepPadding=0;
+    int		x;
+    int		y;
+#ifdef USE_SYSMENU_FONT
+    LOGFONT	lfSysmenu;
+    int		use_lfSysmenu = FALSE;
+#endif
+
+    /*
+     * If this menu is already torn off, move it to the mouse position.
+     */
+    if (IsWindow(menu->tearoff_handle))
+    {
+	POINT mp;
+	if (GetCursorPos((LPPOINT)&mp))
+	{
+	    SetWindowPos(menu->tearoff_handle, NULL, mp.x, mp.y, 0, 0,
+		    SWP_NOACTIVATE | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOZORDER);
+	}
+	return;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Create a new tearoff.
+     */
+    if (*title == MNU_HIDDEN_CHAR)
+	title++;
+
+    /* Allocate memory to store the dialog template.  It's made bigger when
+     * needed. */
+    template_len = DLG_ALLOC_SIZE;
+    pdlgtemplate = p = (WORD *)LocalAlloc(LPTR, template_len);
+    if (p == NULL)
+	return;
+
+    hwnd = GetDesktopWindow();
+    hdc = GetWindowDC(hwnd);
+#ifdef USE_SYSMENU_FONT
+    if (gui_w32_get_menu_font(&lfSysmenu) == OK)
+    {
+	font = CreateFontIndirect(&lfSysmenu);
+	use_lfSysmenu = TRUE;
+    }
+    else
+#endif
+    font = CreateFont(-DLG_FONT_POINT_SIZE, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+		      VARIABLE_PITCH , DLG_FONT_NAME);
+    if (s_usenewlook)
+	oldFont = SelectFont(hdc, font);
+    else
+	oldFont = SelectFont(hdc, GetStockObject(SYSTEM_FONT));
+
+    /* Calculate width of a single space.  Used for padding columns to the
+     * right width. */
+    spaceWidth = GetTextWidth(hdc, (char_u *)" ", 1);
+
+    /* Figure out max width of the text column, the accelerator column and the
+     * optional submenu column. */
+    submenuWidth = 0;
+    for (col = 0; col < 2; col++)
+    {
+	columnWidths[col] = 0;
+	for (pmenu = menu->children; pmenu != NULL; pmenu = pmenu->next)
+	{
+	    /* Use "dname" here to compute the width of the visible text. */
+	    text = (col == 0) ? pmenu->dname : pmenu->actext;
+	    if (text != NULL && *text != NUL)
+	    {
+		textWidth = GetTextWidthEnc(hdc, text, (int)STRLEN(text));
+		if (textWidth > columnWidths[col])
+		    columnWidths[col] = textWidth;
+	    }
+	    if (pmenu->children != NULL)
+		submenuWidth = TEAROFF_COLUMN_PADDING * spaceWidth;
+	}
+    }
+    if (columnWidths[1] == 0)
+    {
+	/* no accelerators */
+	if (submenuWidth != 0)
+	    columnWidths[0] += submenuWidth;
+	else
+	    columnWidths[0] += spaceWidth;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+	/* there is an accelerator column */
+	columnWidths[0] += TEAROFF_COLUMN_PADDING * spaceWidth;
+	columnWidths[1] += submenuWidth;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Now find the total width of our 'menu'.
+     */
+    textWidth = columnWidths[0] + columnWidths[1];
+    if (submenuWidth != 0)
+    {
+	submenuWidth = GetTextWidth(hdc, (char_u *)TEAROFF_SUBMENU_LABEL,
+					  (int)STRLEN(TEAROFF_SUBMENU_LABEL));
+	textWidth += submenuWidth;
+    }
+    dlgwidth = GetTextWidthEnc(hdc, title, (int)STRLEN(title));
+    if (textWidth > dlgwidth)
+	dlgwidth = textWidth;
+    dlgwidth += 2 * TEAROFF_PADDING_X + TEAROFF_BUTTON_PAD_X;
+
+    /* start to fill in the dlgtemplate information.  addressing by WORDs */
+    if (s_usenewlook)
+	lStyle = DS_MODALFRAME | WS_CAPTION| WS_SYSMENU |DS_SETFONT| WS_VISIBLE;
+    else
+	lStyle = DS_MODALFRAME | WS_CAPTION| WS_SYSMENU | WS_VISIBLE;
+
+    lExtendedStyle = WS_EX_TOOLWINDOW|WS_EX_STATICEDGE;
+    *p++ = LOWORD(lStyle);
+    *p++ = HIWORD(lStyle);
+    *p++ = LOWORD(lExtendedStyle);
+    *p++ = HIWORD(lExtendedStyle);
+    pnumitems = p;	/* save where the number of items must be stored */
+    *p++ = 0;		// NumberOfItems(will change later)
+    gui_mch_getmouse(&x, &y);
+    if (initX == 0xffffL)
+	*p++ = PixelToDialogX(x); // x
+    else
+	*p++ = PixelToDialogX(initX); // x
+    if (initY == 0xffffL)
+	*p++ = PixelToDialogY(y); // y
+    else
+	*p++ = PixelToDialogY(initY); // y
+    *p++ = PixelToDialogX(dlgwidth);    // cx
+    ptrueheight = p;
+    *p++ = 0;		// dialog height: changed later anyway
+    *p++ = 0;		// Menu
+    *p++ = 0;		// Class
+
+    /* copy the title of the dialog */
+    nchar = nCopyAnsiToWideChar(p, ((*title)
+			    ? (LPSTR)title
+			    : (LPSTR)("Vim "VIM_VERSION_MEDIUM)), TRUE);
+    p += nchar;
+
+    if (s_usenewlook)
+    {
+	/* do the font, since DS_3DLOOK doesn't work properly */
+#ifdef USE_SYSMENU_FONT
+	if (use_lfSysmenu)
+	{
+	    /* point size */
+	    *p++ = -MulDiv(lfSysmenu.lfHeight, 72,
+		    GetDeviceCaps(hdc, LOGPIXELSY));
+	    nchar = nCopyAnsiToWideChar(p, lfSysmenu.lfFaceName, FALSE);
+	}
+	else
+#endif
+	{
+	    *p++ = DLG_FONT_POINT_SIZE;		// point size
+	    nchar = nCopyAnsiToWideChar(p, DLG_FONT_NAME, FALSE);
+	}
+	p += nchar;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Loop over all the items in the menu.
+     * But skip over the tearbar.
+     */
+    if (STRCMP(menu->children->name, TEAR_STRING) == 0)
+	menu = menu->children->next;
+    else
+	menu = menu->children;
+    top_menu = menu;
+    for ( ; menu != NULL; menu = menu->next)
+    {
+	if (menu->modes == 0)	/* this menu has just been deleted */
+	    continue;
+	if (menu_is_separator(menu->dname))
+	{
+	    sepPadding += 3;
+	    continue;
+	}
+
+	/* Check if there still is plenty of room in the template.  Make it
+	 * larger when needed. */
+	if (((char *)p - (char *)pdlgtemplate) + 1000 > template_len)
+	{
+	    WORD    *newp;
+
+	    newp = (WORD *)LocalAlloc(LPTR, template_len + 4096);
+	    if (newp != NULL)
+	    {
+		template_len += 4096;
+		mch_memmove(newp, pdlgtemplate,
+					    (char *)p - (char *)pdlgtemplate);
+		p = newp + (p - pdlgtemplate);
+		pnumitems = newp + (pnumitems - pdlgtemplate);
+		ptrueheight = newp + (ptrueheight - pdlgtemplate);
+		LocalFree(LocalHandle(pdlgtemplate));
+		pdlgtemplate = newp;
+	    }
+	}
+
+	/* Figure out minimal length of this menu label.  Use "name" for the
+	 * actual text, "dname" for estimating the displayed size.  "name"
+	 * has "&a" for mnemonic and includes the accelerator. */
+	len = nameLen = (int)STRLEN(menu->name);
+	padding0 = (columnWidths[0] - GetTextWidthEnc(hdc, menu->dname,
+				      (int)STRLEN(menu->dname))) / spaceWidth;
+	len += padding0;
+
+	if (menu->actext != NULL)
+	{
+	    acLen = (int)STRLEN(menu->actext);
+	    len += acLen;
+	    textWidth = GetTextWidthEnc(hdc, menu->actext, acLen);
+	}
+	else
+	    textWidth = 0;
+	padding1 = (columnWidths[1] - textWidth) / spaceWidth;
+	len += padding1;
+
+	if (menu->children == NULL)
+	{
+	    padding2 = submenuWidth / spaceWidth;
+	    len += padding2;
+	    menuID = (WORD)(menu->id);
+	}
+	else
+	{
+	    len += (int)STRLEN(TEAROFF_SUBMENU_LABEL);
+	    menuID = (WORD)((long_u)(menu->submenu_id) | (DWORD)0x8000);
+	}
+
+	/* Allocate menu label and fill it in */
+	text = label = alloc((unsigned)len + 1);
+	if (label == NULL)
+	    break;
+
+	vim_strncpy(text, menu->name, nameLen);
+	text = vim_strchr(text, TAB);	    /* stop at TAB before actext */
+	if (text == NULL)
+	    text = label + nameLen;	    /* no actext, use whole name */
+	while (padding0-- > 0)
+	    *text++ = ' ';
+	if (menu->actext != NULL)
+	{
+	    STRNCPY(text, menu->actext, acLen);
+	    text += acLen;
+	}
+	while (padding1-- > 0)
+	    *text++ = ' ';
+	if (menu->children != NULL)
+	{
+	    STRCPY(text, TEAROFF_SUBMENU_LABEL);
+	    text += STRLEN(TEAROFF_SUBMENU_LABEL);
+	}
+	else
+	{
+	    while (padding2-- > 0)
+		*text++ = ' ';
+	}
+	*text = NUL;
+
+	/*
+	 * BS_LEFT will just be ignored on Win32s/NT3.5x - on
+	 * W95/NT4 it makes the tear-off look more like a menu.
+	 */
+	p = add_dialog_element(p,
+		BS_PUSHBUTTON|BS_LEFT,
+		(WORD)PixelToDialogX(TEAROFF_PADDING_X),
+		(WORD)(sepPadding + 1 + 13 * (*pnumitems)),
+		(WORD)PixelToDialogX(dlgwidth - 2 * TEAROFF_PADDING_X),
+		(WORD)12,
+		menuID, (WORD)0x0080, (char *)label);
+	vim_free(label);
+	(*pnumitems)++;
+    }
+
+    *ptrueheight = (WORD)(sepPadding + 1 + 13 * (*pnumitems));
+
+
+    /* show modelessly */
+    the_menu->tearoff_handle = CreateDialogIndirectParam(
+	    s_hinst,
+	    (LPDLGTEMPLATE)pdlgtemplate,
+	    s_hwnd,
+	    (DLGPROC)tearoff_callback,
+	    (LPARAM)top_menu);
+
+    LocalFree(LocalHandle(pdlgtemplate));
+    SelectFont(hdc, oldFont);
+    DeleteObject(font);
+    ReleaseDC(hwnd, hdc);
+
+    /*
+     * Reassert ourselves as the active window.  This is so that after creating
+     * a tearoff, the user doesn't have to click with the mouse just to start
+     * typing again!
+     */
+    (void)SetActiveWindow(s_hwnd);
+
+    /* make sure the right buttons are enabled */
+    force_menu_update = TRUE;
+}
+#endif
+
+#if defined(FEAT_TOOLBAR) || defined(PROTO)
+#include "gui_w32_rc.h"
+
+/* This not defined in older SDKs */
+# ifndef TBSTYLE_FLAT
+#  define TBSTYLE_FLAT		0x0800
+# endif
+
+/*
+ * Create the toolbar, initially unpopulated.
+ *  (just like the menu, there are no defaults, it's all
+ *  set up through menu.vim)
+ */
+    static void
+initialise_toolbar(void)
+{
+    InitCommonControls();
+    s_toolbarhwnd = CreateToolbarEx(
+		    s_hwnd,
+		    WS_CHILD | TBSTYLE_TOOLTIPS | TBSTYLE_FLAT,
+		    4000,		//any old big number
+		    31,			//number of images in initial bitmap
+		    s_hinst,
+		    IDR_TOOLBAR1,	// id of initial bitmap
+		    NULL,
+		    0,			// initial number of buttons
+		    TOOLBAR_BUTTON_WIDTH, //api guide is wrong!
+		    TOOLBAR_BUTTON_HEIGHT,
+		    TOOLBAR_BUTTON_WIDTH,
+		    TOOLBAR_BUTTON_HEIGHT,
+		    sizeof(TBBUTTON)
+		    );
+    s_toolbar_wndproc = SubclassWindow(s_toolbarhwnd, toolbar_wndproc);
+
+    gui_mch_show_toolbar(vim_strchr(p_go, GO_TOOLBAR) != NULL);
+}
+
+    static LRESULT CALLBACK
+toolbar_wndproc(
+    HWND hwnd,
+    UINT uMsg,
+    WPARAM wParam,
+    LPARAM lParam)
+{
+    HandleMouseHide(uMsg, lParam);
+    return CallWindowProc(s_toolbar_wndproc, hwnd, uMsg, wParam, lParam);
+}
+
+    static int
+get_toolbar_bitmap(vimmenu_T *menu)
+{
+    int i = -1;
+
+    /*
+     * Check user bitmaps first, unless builtin is specified.
+     */
+    if (!menu->icon_builtin)
+    {
+	char_u fname[MAXPATHL];
+	HANDLE hbitmap = NULL;
+
+	if (menu->iconfile != NULL)
+	{
+	    gui_find_iconfile(menu->iconfile, fname, "bmp");
+	    hbitmap = LoadImage(
+			NULL,
+			(LPCSTR)fname,
+			IMAGE_BITMAP,
+			TOOLBAR_BUTTON_WIDTH,
+			TOOLBAR_BUTTON_HEIGHT,
+			LR_LOADFROMFILE |
+			LR_LOADMAP3DCOLORS
+			);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * If the LoadImage call failed, or the "icon=" file
+	 * didn't exist or wasn't specified, try the menu name
+	 */
+	if (hbitmap == NULL
+		&& (gui_find_bitmap(
+#ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG
+			    menu->en_dname != NULL ? menu->en_dname :
+#endif
+					menu->dname, fname, "bmp") == OK))
+	    hbitmap = LoadImage(
+		    NULL,
+		    (LPCSTR)fname,
+		    IMAGE_BITMAP,
+		    TOOLBAR_BUTTON_WIDTH,
+		    TOOLBAR_BUTTON_HEIGHT,
+		    LR_LOADFROMFILE |
+		    LR_LOADMAP3DCOLORS
+		);
+
+	if (hbitmap != NULL)
+	{
+	    TBADDBITMAP tbAddBitmap;
+
+	    tbAddBitmap.hInst = NULL;
+	    tbAddBitmap.nID = (long_u)hbitmap;
+
+	    i = (int)SendMessage(s_toolbarhwnd, TB_ADDBITMAP,
+			    (WPARAM)1, (LPARAM)&tbAddBitmap);
+	    /* i will be set to -1 if it fails */
+	}
+    }
+    if (i == -1 && menu->iconidx >= 0 && menu->iconidx < TOOLBAR_BITMAP_COUNT)
+	i = menu->iconidx;
+
+    return i;
+}
+#endif
+
+#if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO)
+    static void
+initialise_tabline(void)
+{
+    InitCommonControls();
+
+    s_tabhwnd = CreateWindow(WC_TABCONTROL, "Vim tabline",
+	    WS_CHILD|TCS_FOCUSNEVER|TCS_TOOLTIPS,
+	    CW_USEDEFAULT, CW_USEDEFAULT, CW_USEDEFAULT,
+	    CW_USEDEFAULT, s_hwnd, NULL, s_hinst, NULL);
+    s_tabline_wndproc = SubclassWindow(s_tabhwnd, tabline_wndproc);
+
+    gui.tabline_height = TABLINE_HEIGHT;
+
+# ifdef USE_SYSMENU_FONT
+    set_tabline_font();
+# endif
+}
+
+/*
+ * Get tabpage_T from POINT.
+ */
+    static tabpage_T *
+GetTabFromPoint(
+    HWND    hWnd,
+    POINT   pt)
+{
+    tabpage_T	*ptp = NULL;
+
+    if (gui_mch_showing_tabline())
+    {
+	TCHITTESTINFO htinfo;
+	htinfo.pt = pt;
+	/* ignore if a window under cusor is not tabcontrol. */
+	if (s_tabhwnd == hWnd)
+	{
+	    int idx = TabCtrl_HitTest(s_tabhwnd, &htinfo);
+	    if (idx != -1)
+		ptp = find_tabpage(idx + 1);
+	}
+    }
+    return ptp;
+}
+
+static POINT	    s_pt = {0, 0};
+static HCURSOR      s_hCursor = NULL;
+
+    static LRESULT CALLBACK
+tabline_wndproc(
+    HWND hwnd,
+    UINT uMsg,
+    WPARAM wParam,
+    LPARAM lParam)
+{
+    POINT	pt;
+    tabpage_T	*tp;
+    RECT	rect;
+    int		nCenter;
+    int		idx0;
+    int		idx1;
+
+    HandleMouseHide(uMsg, lParam);
+
+    switch (uMsg)
+    {
+	case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:
+	    {
+		s_pt.x = GET_X_LPARAM(lParam);
+		s_pt.y = GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam);
+		SetCapture(hwnd);
+		s_hCursor = GetCursor(); /* backup default cursor */
+		break;
+	    }
+	case WM_MOUSEMOVE:
+	    if (GetCapture() == hwnd
+		    && ((wParam & MK_LBUTTON)) != 0)
+	    {
+		pt.x = GET_X_LPARAM(lParam);
+		pt.y = s_pt.y;
+		if (abs(pt.x - s_pt.x) > GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXDRAG))
+		{
+		    SetCursor(LoadCursor(NULL, IDC_SIZEWE));
+
+		    tp = GetTabFromPoint(hwnd, pt);
+		    if (tp != NULL)
+		    {
+			idx0 = tabpage_index(curtab) - 1;
+			idx1 = tabpage_index(tp) - 1;
+
+			TabCtrl_GetItemRect(hwnd, idx1, &rect);
+			nCenter = rect.left + (rect.right - rect.left) / 2;
+
+			/* Check if the mouse cursor goes over the center of
+			 * the next tab to prevent "flickering". */
+			if ((idx0 < idx1) && (nCenter < pt.x))
+			{
+			    tabpage_move(idx1 + 1);
+			    update_screen(0);
+			}
+			else if ((idx1 < idx0) && (pt.x < nCenter))
+			{
+			    tabpage_move(idx1);
+			    update_screen(0);
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	    break;
+	case WM_LBUTTONUP:
+	    {
+		if (GetCapture() == hwnd)
+		{
+		    SetCursor(s_hCursor);
+		    ReleaseCapture();
+		}
+		break;
+	    }
+	default:
+	    break;
+    }
+
+    return CallWindowProc(s_tabline_wndproc, hwnd, uMsg, wParam, lParam);
+}
+#endif
+
+#if defined(FEAT_OLE) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
+/*
+ * Make the GUI window come to the foreground.
+ */
+    void
+gui_mch_set_foreground(void)
+{
+    if (IsIconic(s_hwnd))
+	 SendMessage(s_hwnd, WM_SYSCOMMAND, SC_RESTORE, 0);
+    SetForegroundWindow(s_hwnd);
+}
+#endif
+
+#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE_IME) && defined(DYNAMIC_IME)
+    static void
+dyn_imm_load(void)
+{
+    hLibImm = vimLoadLib("imm32.dll");
+    if (hLibImm == NULL)
+	return;
+
+    pImmGetCompositionStringA
+	    = (void *)GetProcAddress(hLibImm, "ImmGetCompositionStringA");
+    pImmGetCompositionStringW
+	    = (void *)GetProcAddress(hLibImm, "ImmGetCompositionStringW");
+    pImmGetContext
+	    = (void *)GetProcAddress(hLibImm, "ImmGetContext");
+    pImmAssociateContext
+	    = (void *)GetProcAddress(hLibImm, "ImmAssociateContext");
+    pImmReleaseContext
+	    = (void *)GetProcAddress(hLibImm, "ImmReleaseContext");
+    pImmGetOpenStatus
+	    = (void *)GetProcAddress(hLibImm, "ImmGetOpenStatus");
+    pImmSetOpenStatus
+	    = (void *)GetProcAddress(hLibImm, "ImmSetOpenStatus");
+    pImmGetCompositionFont
+	    = (void *)GetProcAddress(hLibImm, "ImmGetCompositionFontA");
+    pImmSetCompositionFont
+	    = (void *)GetProcAddress(hLibImm, "ImmSetCompositionFontA");
+    pImmSetCompositionWindow
+	    = (void *)GetProcAddress(hLibImm, "ImmSetCompositionWindow");
+    pImmGetConversionStatus
+	    = (void *)GetProcAddress(hLibImm, "ImmGetConversionStatus");
+    pImmSetConversionStatus
+	    = (void *)GetProcAddress(hLibImm, "ImmSetConversionStatus");
+
+    if (       pImmGetCompositionStringA == NULL
+	    || pImmGetCompositionStringW == NULL
+	    || pImmGetContext == NULL
+	    || pImmAssociateContext == NULL
+	    || pImmReleaseContext == NULL
+	    || pImmGetOpenStatus == NULL
+	    || pImmSetOpenStatus == NULL
+	    || pImmGetCompositionFont == NULL
+	    || pImmSetCompositionFont == NULL
+	    || pImmSetCompositionWindow == NULL
+	    || pImmGetConversionStatus == NULL
+	    || pImmSetConversionStatus == NULL)
+    {
+	FreeLibrary(hLibImm);
+	hLibImm = NULL;
+	pImmGetContext = NULL;
+	return;
+    }
+
+    return;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+#if defined(FEAT_SIGN_ICONS) || defined(PROTO)
+
+# ifdef FEAT_XPM_W32
+#  define IMAGE_XPM   100
+# endif
+
+typedef struct _signicon_t
+{
+    HANDLE	hImage;
+    UINT	uType;
+#ifdef FEAT_XPM_W32
+    HANDLE	hShape;	/* Mask bitmap handle */
+#endif
+} signicon_t;
+
+    void
+gui_mch_drawsign(int row, int col, int typenr)
+{
+    signicon_t *sign;
+    int x, y, w, h;
+
+    if (!gui.in_use || (sign = (signicon_t *)sign_get_image(typenr)) == NULL)
+	return;
+
+#if defined(FEAT_DIRECTX)
+    if (IS_ENABLE_DIRECTX())
+	DWriteContext_Flush(s_dwc);
+#endif
+
+    x = TEXT_X(col);
+    y = TEXT_Y(row);
+    w = gui.char_width * 2;
+    h = gui.char_height;
+    switch (sign->uType)
+    {
+	case IMAGE_BITMAP:
+	    {
+		HDC hdcMem;
+		HBITMAP hbmpOld;
+
+		hdcMem = CreateCompatibleDC(s_hdc);
+		hbmpOld = (HBITMAP)SelectObject(hdcMem, sign->hImage);
+		BitBlt(s_hdc, x, y, w, h, hdcMem, 0, 0, SRCCOPY);
+		SelectObject(hdcMem, hbmpOld);
+		DeleteDC(hdcMem);
+	    }
+	    break;
+	case IMAGE_ICON:
+	case IMAGE_CURSOR:
+	    DrawIconEx(s_hdc, x, y, (HICON)sign->hImage, w, h, 0, NULL, DI_NORMAL);
+	    break;
+#ifdef FEAT_XPM_W32
+	case IMAGE_XPM:
+	    {
+		HDC hdcMem;
+		HBITMAP hbmpOld;
+
+		hdcMem = CreateCompatibleDC(s_hdc);
+		hbmpOld = (HBITMAP)SelectObject(hdcMem, sign->hShape);
+		/* Make hole */
+		BitBlt(s_hdc, x, y, w, h, hdcMem, 0, 0, SRCAND);
+
+		SelectObject(hdcMem, sign->hImage);
+		/* Paint sign */
+		BitBlt(s_hdc, x, y, w, h, hdcMem, 0, 0, SRCPAINT);
+		SelectObject(hdcMem, hbmpOld);
+		DeleteDC(hdcMem);
+	    }
+	    break;
+#endif
+    }
+}
+
+    static void
+close_signicon_image(signicon_t *sign)
+{
+    if (sign)
+	switch (sign->uType)
+	{
+	    case IMAGE_BITMAP:
+		DeleteObject((HGDIOBJ)sign->hImage);
+		break;
+	    case IMAGE_CURSOR:
+		DestroyCursor((HCURSOR)sign->hImage);
+		break;
+	    case IMAGE_ICON:
+		DestroyIcon((HICON)sign->hImage);
+		break;
+#ifdef FEAT_XPM_W32
+	    case IMAGE_XPM:
+		DeleteObject((HBITMAP)sign->hImage);
+		DeleteObject((HBITMAP)sign->hShape);
+		break;
+#endif
+	}
+}
+
+    void *
+gui_mch_register_sign(char_u *signfile)
+{
+    signicon_t	sign, *psign;
+    char_u	*ext;
+
+    sign.hImage = NULL;
+    ext = signfile + STRLEN(signfile) - 4; /* get extension */
+    if (ext > signfile)
+    {
+	int do_load = 1;
+
+	if (!STRICMP(ext, ".bmp"))
+	    sign.uType =  IMAGE_BITMAP;
+	else if (!STRICMP(ext, ".ico"))
+	    sign.uType =  IMAGE_ICON;
+	else if (!STRICMP(ext, ".cur") || !STRICMP(ext, ".ani"))
+	    sign.uType =  IMAGE_CURSOR;
+	else
+	    do_load = 0;
+
+	if (do_load)
+	    sign.hImage = (HANDLE)LoadImage(NULL, (LPCSTR)signfile, sign.uType,
+		    gui.char_width * 2, gui.char_height,
+		    LR_LOADFROMFILE | LR_CREATEDIBSECTION);
+#ifdef FEAT_XPM_W32
+	if (!STRICMP(ext, ".xpm"))
+	{
+	    sign.uType = IMAGE_XPM;
+	    LoadXpmImage((char *)signfile, (HBITMAP *)&sign.hImage,
+		    (HBITMAP *)&sign.hShape);
+	}
+#endif
+    }
+
+    psign = NULL;
+    if (sign.hImage && (psign = (signicon_t *)alloc(sizeof(signicon_t)))
+								      != NULL)
+	*psign = sign;
+
+    if (!psign)
+    {
+	if (sign.hImage)
+	    close_signicon_image(&sign);
+	emsg(_(e_signdata));
+    }
+    return (void *)psign;
+
+}
+
+    void
+gui_mch_destroy_sign(void *sign)
+{
+    if (sign)
+    {
+	close_signicon_image((signicon_t *)sign);
+	vim_free(sign);
+    }
+}
+#endif
+
+#if defined(FEAT_BEVAL_GUI) || defined(PROTO)
+
+/* BALLOON-EVAL IMPLEMENTATION FOR WINDOWS.
+ *  Added by Sergey Khorev <sergey.khorev@gmail.com>
+ *
+ * The only reused thing is beval.h and get_beval_info()
+ * from gui_beval.c (note it uses x and y of the BalloonEval struct
+ * to get current mouse position).
+ *
+ * Trying to use as more Windows services as possible, and as less
+ * IE version as possible :)).
+ *
+ * 1) Don't create ToolTip in gui_mch_create_beval_area, only initialize
+ * BalloonEval struct.
+ * 2) Enable/Disable simply create/kill BalloonEval Timer
+ * 3) When there was enough inactivity, timer procedure posts
+ * async request to debugger
+ * 4) gui_mch_post_balloon (invoked from netbeans.c) creates tooltip control
+ * and performs some actions to show it ASAP
+ * 5) WM_NOTIFY:TTN_POP destroys created tooltip
+ */
+
+/*
+ * determine whether installed Common Controls support multiline tooltips
+ * (i.e. their version is >= 4.70
+ */
+    int
+multiline_balloon_available(void)
+{
+    HINSTANCE hDll;
+    static char comctl_dll[] = "comctl32.dll";
+    static int multiline_tip = MAYBE;
+
+    if (multiline_tip != MAYBE)
+	return multiline_tip;
+
+    hDll = GetModuleHandle(comctl_dll);
+    if (hDll != NULL)
+    {
+	DLLGETVERSIONPROC pGetVer;
+	pGetVer = (DLLGETVERSIONPROC)GetProcAddress(hDll, "DllGetVersion");
+
+	if (pGetVer != NULL)
+	{
+	    DLLVERSIONINFO dvi;
+	    HRESULT hr;
+
+	    ZeroMemory(&dvi, sizeof(dvi));
+	    dvi.cbSize = sizeof(dvi);
+
+	    hr = (*pGetVer)(&dvi);
+
+	    if (SUCCEEDED(hr)
+		    && (dvi.dwMajorVersion > 4
+			|| (dvi.dwMajorVersion == 4
+						&& dvi.dwMinorVersion >= 70)))
+	    {
+		multiline_tip = TRUE;
+		return multiline_tip;
+	    }
+	}
+	else
+	{
+	    /* there is chance we have ancient CommCtl 4.70
+	       which doesn't export DllGetVersion */
+	    DWORD dwHandle = 0;
+	    DWORD len = GetFileVersionInfoSize(comctl_dll, &dwHandle);
+	    if (len > 0)
+	    {
+		VS_FIXEDFILEINFO *ver;
+		UINT vlen = 0;
+		void *data = alloc(len);
+
+		if ((data != NULL
+			&& GetFileVersionInfo(comctl_dll, 0, len, data)
+			&& VerQueryValue(data, "\\", (void **)&ver, &vlen)
+			&& vlen
+			&& HIWORD(ver->dwFileVersionMS) > 4)
+			|| ((HIWORD(ver->dwFileVersionMS) == 4
+			    && LOWORD(ver->dwFileVersionMS) >= 70)))
+		{
+		    vim_free(data);
+		    multiline_tip = TRUE;
+		    return multiline_tip;
+		}
+		vim_free(data);
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    multiline_tip = FALSE;
+    return multiline_tip;
+}
+
+    static void
+make_tooltipw(BalloonEval *beval, char *text, POINT pt)
+{
+    TOOLINFOW	*pti;
+    int		ToolInfoSize;
+
+    if (multiline_balloon_available() == TRUE)
+	ToolInfoSize = sizeof(TOOLINFOW_NEW);
+    else
+	ToolInfoSize = sizeof(TOOLINFOW);
+
+    pti = (TOOLINFOW *)alloc(ToolInfoSize);
+    if (pti == NULL)
+	return;
+
+    beval->balloon = CreateWindowExW(WS_EX_TOPMOST, TOOLTIPS_CLASSW,
+	    NULL, WS_POPUP | TTS_NOPREFIX | TTS_ALWAYSTIP,
+	    CW_USEDEFAULT, CW_USEDEFAULT, CW_USEDEFAULT, CW_USEDEFAULT,
+	    beval->target, NULL, s_hinst, NULL);
+
+    SetWindowPos(beval->balloon, HWND_TOPMOST, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+	    SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOACTIVATE);
+
+    pti->cbSize = ToolInfoSize;
+    pti->uFlags = TTF_SUBCLASS;
+    pti->hwnd = beval->target;
+    pti->hinst = 0; // Don't use string resources
+    pti->uId = ID_BEVAL_TOOLTIP;
+
+    if (multiline_balloon_available() == TRUE)
+    {
+	RECT rect;
+	TOOLINFOW_NEW *ptin = (TOOLINFOW_NEW *)pti;
+	pti->lpszText = LPSTR_TEXTCALLBACKW;
+	beval->tofree = enc_to_utf16((char_u*)text, NULL);
+	ptin->lParam = (LPARAM)beval->tofree;
+	// switch multiline tooltips on
+	if (GetClientRect(s_textArea, &rect))
+	    SendMessageW(beval->balloon, TTM_SETMAXTIPWIDTH, 0,
+		    (LPARAM)rect.right);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+	// do this old way
+	beval->tofree = enc_to_utf16((char_u*)text, NULL);
+	pti->lpszText = (LPWSTR)beval->tofree;
+    }
+
+    // Limit ballooneval bounding rect to CursorPos neighbourhood.
+    pti->rect.left = pt.x - 3;
+    pti->rect.top = pt.y - 3;
+    pti->rect.right = pt.x + 3;
+    pti->rect.bottom = pt.y + 3;
+
+    SendMessageW(beval->balloon, TTM_ADDTOOLW, 0, (LPARAM)pti);
+    // Make tooltip appear sooner.
+    SendMessageW(beval->balloon, TTM_SETDELAYTIME, TTDT_INITIAL, 10);
+    // I've performed some tests and it seems the longest possible life time
+    // of tooltip is 30 seconds.
+    SendMessageW(beval->balloon, TTM_SETDELAYTIME, TTDT_AUTOPOP, 30000);
+    /*
+     * HACK: force tooltip to appear, because it'll not appear until
+     * first mouse move. D*mn M$
+     * Amazingly moving (2, 2) and then (-1, -1) the mouse doesn't move.
+     */
+    mouse_event(MOUSEEVENTF_MOVE, 2, 2, 0, 0);
+    mouse_event(MOUSEEVENTF_MOVE, (DWORD)-1, (DWORD)-1, 0, 0);
+    vim_free(pti);
+}
+
+    static void
+make_tooltip(BalloonEval *beval, char *text, POINT pt)
+{
+    TOOLINFO	*pti;
+    int		ToolInfoSize;
+
+    if (enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage)
+    {
+	make_tooltipw(beval, text, pt);
+	return;
+    }
+
+    if (multiline_balloon_available() == TRUE)
+	ToolInfoSize = sizeof(TOOLINFO_NEW);
+    else
+	ToolInfoSize = sizeof(TOOLINFO);
+
+    pti = (TOOLINFO *)alloc(ToolInfoSize);
+    if (pti == NULL)
+	return;
+
+    beval->balloon = CreateWindowEx(WS_EX_TOPMOST, TOOLTIPS_CLASS,
+	    NULL, WS_POPUP | TTS_NOPREFIX | TTS_ALWAYSTIP,
+	    CW_USEDEFAULT, CW_USEDEFAULT, CW_USEDEFAULT, CW_USEDEFAULT,
+	    beval->target, NULL, s_hinst, NULL);
+
+    SetWindowPos(beval->balloon, HWND_TOPMOST, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+	    SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOACTIVATE);
+
+    pti->cbSize = ToolInfoSize;
+    pti->uFlags = TTF_SUBCLASS;
+    pti->hwnd = beval->target;
+    pti->hinst = 0; /* Don't use string resources */
+    pti->uId = ID_BEVAL_TOOLTIP;
+
+    if (multiline_balloon_available() == TRUE)
+    {
+	RECT rect;
+	TOOLINFO_NEW *ptin = (TOOLINFO_NEW *)pti;
+	pti->lpszText = LPSTR_TEXTCALLBACK;
+	beval->tofree = vim_strsave((char_u*)text);
+	ptin->lParam = (LPARAM)beval->tofree;
+	if (GetClientRect(s_textArea, &rect)) /* switch multiline tooltips on */
+	    SendMessage(beval->balloon, TTM_SETMAXTIPWIDTH, 0,
+		    (LPARAM)rect.right);
+    }
+    else
+	pti->lpszText = text; /* do this old way */
+
+    /* Limit ballooneval bounding rect to CursorPos neighbourhood */
+    pti->rect.left = pt.x - 3;
+    pti->rect.top = pt.y - 3;
+    pti->rect.right = pt.x + 3;
+    pti->rect.bottom = pt.y + 3;
+
+    SendMessage(beval->balloon, TTM_ADDTOOL, 0, (LPARAM)pti);
+    /* Make tooltip appear sooner */
+    SendMessage(beval->balloon, TTM_SETDELAYTIME, TTDT_INITIAL, 10);
+    /* I've performed some tests and it seems the longest possible life time
+     * of tooltip is 30 seconds */
+    SendMessage(beval->balloon, TTM_SETDELAYTIME, TTDT_AUTOPOP, 30000);
+    /*
+     * HACK: force tooltip to appear, because it'll not appear until
+     * first mouse move. D*mn M$
+     * Amazingly moving (2, 2) and then (-1, -1) the mouse doesn't move.
+     */
+    mouse_event(MOUSEEVENTF_MOVE, 2, 2, 0, 0);
+    mouse_event(MOUSEEVENTF_MOVE, (DWORD)-1, (DWORD)-1, 0, 0);
+    vim_free(pti);
+}
+
+    static void
+delete_tooltip(BalloonEval *beval)
+{
+    PostMessage(beval->balloon, WM_CLOSE, 0, 0);
+}
+
+    static VOID CALLBACK
+BevalTimerProc(
+    HWND	hwnd UNUSED,
+    UINT	uMsg UNUSED,
+    UINT_PTR    idEvent UNUSED,
+    DWORD	dwTime)
+{
+    POINT	pt;
+    RECT	rect;
+
+    if (cur_beval == NULL || cur_beval->showState == ShS_SHOWING || !p_beval)
+	return;
+
+    GetCursorPos(&pt);
+    if (WindowFromPoint(pt) != s_textArea)
+	return;
+
+    ScreenToClient(s_textArea, &pt);
+    GetClientRect(s_textArea, &rect);
+    if (!PtInRect(&rect, pt))
+	return;
+
+    if (LastActivity > 0
+	    && (dwTime - LastActivity) >= (DWORD)p_bdlay
+	    && (cur_beval->showState != ShS_PENDING
+		|| abs(cur_beval->x - pt.x) > 3
+		|| abs(cur_beval->y - pt.y) > 3))
+    {
+	/* Pointer resting in one place long enough, it's time to show
+	 * the tooltip. */
+	cur_beval->showState = ShS_PENDING;
+	cur_beval->x = pt.x;
+	cur_beval->y = pt.y;
+
+	// TRACE0("BevalTimerProc: sending request");
+
+	if (cur_beval->msgCB != NULL)
+	    (*cur_beval->msgCB)(cur_beval, 0);
+    }
+}
+
+    void
+gui_mch_disable_beval_area(BalloonEval *beval UNUSED)
+{
+    // TRACE0("gui_mch_disable_beval_area {{{");
+    KillTimer(s_textArea, BevalTimerId);
+    // TRACE0("gui_mch_disable_beval_area }}}");
+}
+
+    void
+gui_mch_enable_beval_area(BalloonEval *beval)
+{
+    // TRACE0("gui_mch_enable_beval_area |||");
+    if (beval == NULL)
+	return;
+    // TRACE0("gui_mch_enable_beval_area {{{");
+    BevalTimerId = SetTimer(s_textArea, 0, (UINT)(p_bdlay / 2), BevalTimerProc);
+    // TRACE0("gui_mch_enable_beval_area }}}");
+}
+
+    void
+gui_mch_post_balloon(BalloonEval *beval, char_u *mesg)
+{
+    POINT   pt;
+
+    // TRACE0("gui_mch_post_balloon {{{");
+    if (beval->showState == ShS_SHOWING)
+	return;
+    GetCursorPos(&pt);
+    ScreenToClient(s_textArea, &pt);
+
+    if (abs(beval->x - pt.x) < 3 && abs(beval->y - pt.y) < 3)
+    {
+	/* cursor is still here */
+	gui_mch_disable_beval_area(cur_beval);
+	beval->showState = ShS_SHOWING;
+	make_tooltip(beval, (char *)mesg, pt);
+    }
+    // TRACE0("gui_mch_post_balloon }}}");
+}
+
+    BalloonEval *
+gui_mch_create_beval_area(
+    void	*target,	/* ignored, always use s_textArea */
+    char_u	*mesg,
+    void	(*mesgCB)(BalloonEval *, int),
+    void	*clientData)
+{
+    /* partially stolen from gui_beval.c */
+    BalloonEval	*beval;
+
+    if (mesg != NULL && mesgCB != NULL)
+    {
+	iemsg(_("E232: Cannot create BalloonEval with both message and callback"));
+	return NULL;
+    }
+
+    beval = (BalloonEval *)alloc_clear(sizeof(BalloonEval));
+    if (beval != NULL)
+    {
+	beval->target = s_textArea;
+
+	beval->showState = ShS_NEUTRAL;
+	beval->msg = mesg;
+	beval->msgCB = mesgCB;
+	beval->clientData = clientData;
+
+	InitCommonControls();
+	cur_beval = beval;
+
+	if (p_beval)
+	    gui_mch_enable_beval_area(beval);
+    }
+    return beval;
+}
+
+    static void
+Handle_WM_Notify(HWND hwnd UNUSED, LPNMHDR pnmh)
+{
+    if (pnmh->idFrom != ID_BEVAL_TOOLTIP) /* it is not our tooltip */
+	return;
+
+    if (cur_beval != NULL)
+    {
+	switch (pnmh->code)
+	{
+	case TTN_SHOW:
+	    // TRACE0("TTN_SHOW {{{");
+	    // TRACE0("TTN_SHOW }}}");
+	    break;
+	case TTN_POP: /* Before tooltip disappear */
+	    // TRACE0("TTN_POP {{{");
+	    delete_tooltip(cur_beval);
+	    gui_mch_enable_beval_area(cur_beval);
+	    // TRACE0("TTN_POP }}}");
+
+	    cur_beval->showState = ShS_NEUTRAL;
+	    break;
+	case TTN_GETDISPINFO:
+	    {
+		/* if you get there then we have new common controls */
+		NMTTDISPINFO_NEW *info = (NMTTDISPINFO_NEW *)pnmh;
+		info->lpszText = (LPSTR)info->lParam;
+		info->uFlags |= TTF_DI_SETITEM;
+	    }
+	    break;
+	case TTN_GETDISPINFOW:
+	    {
+		// if we get here then we have new common controls
+		NMTTDISPINFOW_NEW *info = (NMTTDISPINFOW_NEW *)pnmh;
+		info->lpszText = (LPWSTR)info->lParam;
+		info->uFlags |= TTF_DI_SETITEM;
+	    }
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+    static void
+TrackUserActivity(UINT uMsg)
+{
+    if ((uMsg >= WM_MOUSEFIRST && uMsg <= WM_MOUSELAST)
+	    || (uMsg >= WM_KEYFIRST && uMsg <= WM_KEYLAST))
+	LastActivity = GetTickCount();
+}
+
+    void
+gui_mch_destroy_beval_area(BalloonEval *beval)
+{
+#ifdef FEAT_VARTABS
+    vim_free(beval->vts);
+#endif
+    vim_free(beval->tofree);
+    vim_free(beval);
+}
+#endif /* FEAT_BEVAL_GUI */
+
+#if defined(FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG) || defined(PROTO)
+/*
+ * We have multiple signs to draw at the same location. Draw the
+ * multi-sign indicator (down-arrow) instead. This is the Win32 version.
+ */
+    void
+netbeans_draw_multisign_indicator(int row)
+{
+    int i;
+    int y;
+    int x;
+
+    if (!netbeans_active())
+	return;
+
+    x = 0;
+    y = TEXT_Y(row);
+
+#if defined(FEAT_DIRECTX)
+    if (IS_ENABLE_DIRECTX())
+	DWriteContext_Flush(s_dwc);
+#endif
+
+    for (i = 0; i < gui.char_height - 3; i++)
+	SetPixel(s_hdc, x+2, y++, gui.currFgColor);
+
+    SetPixel(s_hdc, x+0, y, gui.currFgColor);
+    SetPixel(s_hdc, x+2, y, gui.currFgColor);
+    SetPixel(s_hdc, x+4, y++, gui.currFgColor);
+    SetPixel(s_hdc, x+1, y, gui.currFgColor);
+    SetPixel(s_hdc, x+2, y, gui.currFgColor);
+    SetPixel(s_hdc, x+3, y++, gui.currFgColor);
+    SetPixel(s_hdc, x+2, y, gui.currFgColor);
+}
+#endif